HX64117502 RC76 . P1 4 1 890 A handbook of physic RECAP Digitized by the Internet Arciiive in 2010 witin funding from Open Knowledge Commons http://www.archive.org/details/handbookofphysic1890page A HANDBOOK OF Physical Diagnosis OF Diseases of the Organs of Respiration and Heart, and of Aortic Aneurism BY R. C. M. PAGE, M.D., Professor of General Medicine and Diseases of the Chest in the New York Polyclinic ; Visiting Physician to St. Elizabeth's Hospital, the Polyclinic Hospital, and the North Western Dispensary, Department of Diseases of the Heart and Lungs ; Member of the New York Academy of Medicine ; Hono- rary Vice-President of the Recent Congress held in Paris for the Study of Tuberculosis, etc., etc. MzconiSi "Edition NEW YORK: J. H. VAIL & CO., 21 ASTOR PLACE 1890 Copyright by B. O. M. PAGE, M.D. 1889. PRESS OF THE publishers' PRINTING COMPANY, 157-159 WILLIAM STREET, NEW YORK. ALFRED L LOOMIS, M.D., LLD., WHOSE THOROUGH AND SYSTEMATIC TEACHING, AS WELL AS MANY ACTS OF KINDNESS, ARE GRATEPUIiLY REMEMBERED, gltis IpiMjest little moXxxmz IS RESPECTFULLY DEDICATED BY THE AUTHOR. PREFACE Iisr compliance with the requests of students this volume is now placed before the medical profession. In it I have endeavored to treat the important subject of Physical Diagnosis from a logical standpoint, — the deductions in each case being drawn chiefly from per- sonal observation. By this means I have, in many in- stances, furnished the all-important missing links that necessarily occur in a mere printed list of physical signs, however ingeniously arranged. The student is thus saved much valuable time that would otherwise be lost in attempting to suiDply those links unaided. Besides a consideration of the physiology and normal anatomy of the organs involved, brief mention of eti- ology and pathology has been found necessary in many cases, as well as the proper classification of disease. There is but little original to be offered at present on the subject of Physical Diagnosis, but whenever I have thought that I had cause to differ with even the most eminent writers on this subject, I have not hesi- tated, with due respect to them, to do so. To Dr. Henry Macdonald, 151 East 31st Street, New VI PREFACE. York City, I am greatly indebted for the illustrations, most of whicli are original and copied from life, or path- ological specimens. R. C. M. Page, M.D. 31 West 83rd St.. New York City May, 1889. 0(3I^rTEl^TS'. CHAPTER I. The Chest in Health — Regions— Methods of Physical Ex- amination — Inspection —Palpation— Fremitus — Per- cussion — Palpatory Percussion — Quality of Sound its most Important Property, as compared with Pitch, Duration and Intensity — Auscultation — Normal Res- piratory Murmur — Normal Pectorophony, or Vocal Resonance over the Chest — Other Methods of Physical Examination — Succussion — Ausciiltatory Pei'cussion — Autophonia— Phonometry 1 CHAPTER II. Diseases in which the Convection of the Breath and Voice Sounds may be Obstructed in the Bronchial Tubes, and Refracted in the Lungs as much as, or more than, in Health, with Corresponding Diminution or Sup- pression of Fremitus, Respiratory Murmur, and Pec- torophony — Bronchitis — Adventitious Sounds — Asth- ma — Emphysema — Pulmonary Congestion and Oedema — Certain Forms of Atelectasis (Apneumatosis) . . 35 CHAPTER III. Diseases in which the Breath and Voice Sounds are Con- ducted with more Force than in Health with Corre- sponding Increase of Fremitus, Respiratory Murmur, and Pectorophony— Bronchial Breathing — Broncho- phony— Solidification of Lung Tissue — Pneumonia — Vlll CONTENTS. PAGE Pulmonary Consumption— Cancer -Hydatid Disease— HiBmorrhagic Infarction- Pulmonary Hemorrhage . 69 CHAPTER IV. Diseases in which the Breath and Voice Sounds are Inter- rupted in their Transjnission to the Chest Walls with Consequent Diminution or Absence of the Fremitus, Respiratory Murmur, and Pectorophony — Pleurisy — Thickened Pleura — Pleuritic Effusion— Pyothorax or Empyema — Hydrothorax — Pneumothorax — Hjemo- thorax — Pneumo-hydrothorax 135 CHAPTER V. Summary of Adventitious Sounds — Classification of Rales — Friction Sounds — Splashing Sounds — Changes Pro- duced by Disease in the Respiratory Murmur and Vo- cal Resonance — Pectorophony and Pectoriloquy . . 159 CHAPTER VI. The Heart — Outline on the Chest Walls — Position of the Valves — Normal Sounds — Valvular Lesions — Endocar- dial Murmurs, Organic and Functional — Mitral Mur- murs — Pericardial Murmurs — Intra- ventricular Mur- murs — Tricuspid Murmurs — Aortic Murmurs — Venous Hum — Pulmonic Murmurs — Anajmic Murmurs — Endo- carditis — Pericarditis — Hydropericardium — Myocar- ditis — Hypertrophy — Dilatation — Fatty Heart — Atro- phy — Exophthalmic Goitre — Angina Pectoris--Cardiac Diseases that Cause Sudden Death — Functional Dis- eases — The Sphygmograph — Aortic Aneurism . . 183 PHYSICAL DIAGNOSIS. CHAPTER I. THE CHEST IN HEALTH. PTiysieal Diagnosis is the art of distingnisliiiig health, from disease, and one disease from another by means of the physical signs presented in each case. It aiDproaches nearer to an exact science than any other branch, and may truly be termed the mathematics of medicine. It embraces various methods of examina- tion, including the use of instruments to be hereafter described. The Physical Signs of health, as well as of disease, are those that are to be recognized by the examiner's special senses, particularly sight, touch and hearing. There are certain physical signs characteristic of health and others that belong re'spectively to individual dis- eases. In order to understand the physical signs of disease it is evidently necessary first to know them in health. Then, by the application of principles of well-known physical laws, a logical and correct conclusion may be arrived at in each case, which is more reasonable than 2 PHYSICAL DIAGXOSIS. to attempt to commit isolated facts to memory, only to be forgotten. For tlie sake of convenience the chest Avails are marked out into different regions, the limits of which, though arbitrary, should always be made Avith due re- gard to the anatomy of the underlying thoracic organs. There are an anterior, posterior, and two lateral regions of the chest, and each of these is subdivided into other regions. Anterior Region. — This is divided into two similar parts, right and left, and a middle part. The right and left parts comprise, each from above down, the foUoAving regions: 1, supra-clavicular; 2, clavicular; 3, sub-clavicular (infra-clavicular, supra- mammary) ; 4, mammary, and 5, sub- mammary (infra- mammary, hypochondriac). The middle part is divided into the, 6, supra-sternal; 7, superior (upper) sternal, and 8, inferior (lower) sternal regions. The supra-clavicular region is triangular in shape and is situated above the claA'icle. It is bounded below by the upper border of the clavicle, within by the lower portion of the sterno-mastoid muscle, and without by a line drawn from the inner end of the outer fourth of the clavicle to a i^oint on the sterno-mastoid muscle cor- responding with the upper ring of the ti^achea. On both sides the apices of the lungs rise into the neck above the sternal ends of the clavicles, according to Gray, about an inch and a half, but in persons with long necks as much as two inches; in Avomen rather higher than in men, and on the right side than the left. The clavicular i-egion coiTesponds to the inner three- fourths of the clavicle. The snb-clavicii];ii fPi'-Ion (also called in."ra-claAdcu- EEGIOiSrS OF THE CHEST. 3 lar, or supra-mammary) is bounded A^itliin by the edge of the sternum (sternal line), without by a line let fall perpendicular from the inner end of the outer fourth of the clavicle, and continuous with the anterior axillary line; above by the lower border of the clavicle, and l)elow by the upper border of the third costal cartilages and ribs, corresponding exactly A^-ith the base of the heart. In order to find the ux)per border of the third w:. ■ Fig. 1. — 1. Supra-qlavieular Region; 2. Clavicular; 3. Sub-clavicular; 4. Mammary; 5. Sub-mammary; 6. Supra-sternal; 7. Superior Sternal ; 8. Inferior Sternal Region. rib, especially in fat people, feel for the horizontal ridge on the sternum that marks the line of union be- tween the manubrium and gladiolus. At this point, on either side, is the articulation of the second costal cartilage with the sternum. Immediately below is the depression between the second and third ribs, or the second intercostal space, the upper border of the third rib, as well as lower border of the second being dis- tinctly felt. The right and left second intercostal 4 PHYSICAL DIAGNOSIS. spaces, called respectively aortic and pulmonary, have special significance in the study of the heart, as we shall see. The sub-clavicular regions are chiefly occu- pied by lung tissue, but the right primitive bronchial tube, larger than the left, more superficially situated an- teriorly, and given off higher up, causes important dif- ferences in the physical signs of the two regions, as will be fully described. The study of these two regions in health is of the first importance, the more so as tuber- cular pulmonary consumption usually manifests itself first in one or the other. The mammary region is bounded above by the upper border of the third rib, below by the upper bor- der of the sixth rib, within by the edge of the sternum (also called the sternal line), and without by the anterior axillary line which is continuous with the outer boun- dary of the region above. The heart is chiefly situated in the left mammary region, the apex-beat correspond- ing to a point between the fifth and sixth ribs, one inch and a half below, and half an inch within the left nipple. Gray and others, however, place it two inches below, and one inch within the left nipple. The super- ficial area of cardiac dullness lies almost wholly within the left mammary region. The right mammary region extends down to the liver, the lower border of the former exactly corresponding with the upper border of the latter. The sub-mammary region (infra-mammary, hypo- chondriac) is bounded above by the upper border of the sixth rib, below by the free margin of the ribs; within it comes almost to a point at the edge of the sternum and without it is bounded by the anterior REGIONS OF THE CHEST. 5 axillary line. Tlie region on the right side is ocenpiecl by the right lobe of the liver. On the left side, we have the left lobe of the liver and the large end of the stomach. The outer boundary of the region on the left side corresponds to the anterior border of the spleen from the ninth to the eleventh ribs. Betv^^een these two regions is the ex^igastrium. The supra-sternal region lies above the supra-sternal notch and between the supra-clavicular regions. In it lies the trachea, but by firm pressijre downward with the finger, the patient's head being inclined for- ward, pulsations of the transverse portion of the arch of the aorta may be felt, especially in the case of an- eurism. The superior sternal region (tipper sternal) corre- sponds to that portion of the sternum above the line of the upj)er border of the third ribs. The inferior sternal region (lower sternal) corresponds to that part of the sternum below that line. Posterior Meg ion. — This is divided on each side, from above down, into the, 1, supra-scapular; 2, scapu- lar, and 3, sub-scapular (infra-scapularj regions, and between the scapulae is, 4, the inter-scapular region. The sui^ra-scapular region corresponds to the sui^ra- spinous fossa of the scapula, and is occupied by lung tissue. The scapular region corresponds to the infra-spi- nous fossa of the scapula, and is also occupied by lung tissue. It is much larger than the former, and extends, according to Gray, down to the eighth rib. The inter-scapular region is situated between the scapnlc© on both sides of the si3inal column, which di- 6 PHYSICAL DIAGNOSIS. vides it into the inter-scapular regions of the right and left sides. It extends downward to a line drawn hori- zontally from the inferior angle of one scapula to the other. In front and on each side of the spinal column in this region the bronchi enter the lungs, the right bronchus opposite the fourth dorsal vertebra, accord- FiG. 2. — 1. Supra-scapular Region; S. Scapular; 3. Sub-scapular; 4. Inter-scapular Region. ing to Gray, and left oi)posite the fifth, about an inch lower. The sub-scapular (infra-scapular) region is bounded above by the lower borders of the scapular and inter- scapular regions, below by the lower border of the twelfth rib, A^dthin by the spinal column and outside by the x)Osterior axillary line. KEUIONS OF THE CHEST, Lateral Regioiu. — These are divided, right and left, into, 1, the axillary and, 2, sub-axillary (infra-axillary) regions. The axillary region corresponds to the axilla. Fig. 3.— 1. Axillary Region ; 2. Sub-axillary Region. It is bounded below by a line connecting the lower border of the mammary region with the lower border of the scapular region ; in front by the anterior axillary 8 PHYSICAL DIAGNOSIS. line and behind by the iDosterior axillary line. They are both occujDied by lung substance. The sub-axillary (infra-axillary) region is bounded below by the lower border of the twelfth rib, above by the lower border of the axillary region, in front by the anterior axillary line and behind by the posterior axil- lary line. On the right side is the liver, on the left is the spleen and large end of the stomach. A line drawn perpendicularly downward from the middle of the axilla is called the middle axillary line, or simply the axillary line. It is important in connection with aspiration or drainage in case of pleuritic effusion, whatever be the character of the latter. Other lines de- scribed by authors, but less frequently mentioned per- haps, are the mammillary line, drawn perpendicularly through the nipjole on either side; the sternal line, cor- resjDonding wdth either edge of the sternum ; the para- sternal line, drawn between and parallel with the two preceding ; . the scapular line, drawn vertically through the inferior angle of the sca^Dula, and the vertebral line, right and left, on each side of the spinal column. The methods adopted in the physical examination of the chest are, principally, inspection, palpation, per- cussion, and auscultation. There are other methods of less importance to be described hereafter. The use of the thermometer, or calormetation, as well as the ex- amination of the sputa, are well-known methods of physical examination. I. Inspection. Inspection is the act of looking at the patient, and naturally comes first in order. In examining the chest INSPECTION. 9 in liealtli the patient slioiild ordinarily be stripi)ea to tlie waist in a warm and conifoi'ta])le room, and should stand in the erect position, the heels near each other and on the same line, the arms being dropped loosely by the side. The front of the chest should be inspected first. For this purpose the observer should stand di- rectly in front of the j)atient and at a convenient dis- tance for inspection. It is rare to find a perfectly symmetrical chest even in health. The right side may be a little larger than the left, especially in right-handed iDeople with extra develoi^ment of muscle, as among carpenters and black- smiths. iSTot infrequently one shoulder is lower than the other o"wing to occupation, as is sometimes the case among hod-carriers and tailors; or to previous fracture of the clavicle, or curvature of the sj^ine. Such deviations from the perfect symmetry of the chest may be compatible with perfectly healthy lungs. The apex- beat of the heart may, or may not, be seen, depending a, good deal upon the thickness of the chest walls. There is general and even ex^^ansion on both sides dur- ing inspiration, forced or quiet, and respiratory move- ments are not asually more noticeable on one side than on the other. Abdominal respiration is more notice- able in men, superior costal respiration in women. The upper part of a woman's chest expands more on inspira- tion than a man's to allow for child-bearing, the dia- phragm in men being a more powerful and important muscle of resjDiration than in women. On the other hand, abnormal centres of pulsation, the i)resence of tumors, abnormal l:)ulging or fiattening of the chest walls, and exaggerated resi:)iratory movements on one 10 PHYSICAL DIAGNOSIS. side with diminution of those movements on the other, would indicate disease. >^ For examination posteriorly the patient may be turned around, but should stand in the same erect posi- tion. Sometimes a slight lateral curvature of the spine may be noticed, owing to the greater traction of the stronger muscles of one side drawing it in that direc- tion. The shoulders may not be on the same level, as already stated. The scapulae should move evenly dur- ing respiration, as a rule, but there are exceptions. In choreic children, for instance, nervous and hysterical women, or those who chance to be in a nervous condi- tion from the abuse of alcohol, tobacco, or the like, to say nothing of impostors who have heard lectures on the subject, we may find very uneven movements of the cliest walls, and especially the scapulae, though the organs of respiration be perfectly healthy. The un- even movements due to these causes, however, instead of being uniform, as in disease, usually vary and change from one side to the other. When one side steadily and uniformly expands more than the other to any noticeable extent, it is usually indicative of disease, as we shall see hereafter. In lateral inspection the patient should place the hands, on the head. Abnormal bulging or retraction of the sides would indicate disease. But these are ob- served better from the front, or posteriorly, than the side. II. Palpation. Palpation is the act of feeling, and has reference to the special sense of touch. It is the second step in the PALPATION. 11 regular order of examination. It is usually performed by laying the palms of the hands on the patient, but it is sometimes convenient to palpate with the ear in com- bination with auscultation. The palms of the hands, when they are used, should previously be warmed, if necessary, and then laid gen- tly, and lightly, on corresponding parts of the chest walls at the same time. This is usually sufficient, but some prefer to apply the hands alternately, or even to cross them, with or without closing the eyes, so as to make the test in every way, in doubtful cases. It is important that the examiner should stand directly in front of, or behind, the patient, according to circum- stances, in order to perform this act with proper care. For palpating in front, the patient should stand erect, as for inspection. But when palpating posteriorly, the patient should cross the arms in front and gently grasp the left shoulder with the right hand and the right shoulder with the left hand, keeping the elbows close in to the body, which should be bent slightly forward. In this position the scapulae are moved out of the way and the tissues on the back rendered more tense. Yocal Fremitus. — What is the object of palpation? Chiefly to ascertain the presence or absence of vocal fremitus, which is the vibration, thrill, or jarring of the chest walls caused by the sound of the voice. And if present, to know whether it is abnormally increased or diminished. Fremitus, or jarring of the chest walls, may be pro- duced in various ways and is designated accordingly. If produced by the voice it is called vocal fremitus or voice thrill. From the fact that the chest walls vibrate 12 PHYSICAL DIAGNOSIS. it is sometimes called pectoral thrill. As vocal fremi- tus is tlie kind of fremitus by far the most commonly observed and referred to, it is often called fremitus simply, without being specified as vocal fremitus. It is more or less generally felt over the whole chest, but more marked on the patient's right side, as will be presently described at length. Other kinds of fremitus are tussive (or tussile) fremi- tus produced by the cough, and of use perhaps when the voice is much impaired or lost ; rhonchal (or rhon- chial) fremitus caused by large rales, or gurgles, and more or less localized at that point ; friction fremitus, sometimes felt over a pleuritic friction ; and splashing fremitus produced by succussion in case of large cavi- ties containing air and fluid, as in pneumohydrothorax. Besides detecting fremitus we may also, by means of palpation, be enabled to accurately count the number of respirations to the minute, should it be impossi- ble to do this by inspection. For this purpose the hand should be lightly apiDlied to the abdomen in men, or the upper part of the chest in w^omen, for reasons already stated By palpation also we may be enabled to locate the apex-beat of the heart, and ascertain the character, frequency and rhythm of its movements, as well as of the radial pulse. To a very limited extent we may also conjecture the amount of expansion and contraction of the chest walls during respiration, but these are better told by inspection or measurement if necessary. The surface temperature should be noted. To determine the presence or absence of the vocal fremitus in any given case by iialpation, it is necessary, of course, for the j)atient to make use of the voice. PALPATI()X. 13 For tliis purpose the x)i^tient slioiild pronounce some- what loudly/ the Avords " one, two, three," during the act of palpation, and repeat them as often as necessary. Any short sim2")le phrase would answer the puri:)Ose, but these words are as good as any others, and besides they have the sanction of time-honored custom. Some, however, prefer the words, '" ninety-nine," or " nine- teen." The reason for si3eaking these words, or some simple phrase, is chiefly because thej" can be re]peated over and over again on the same key by any one. This is vfry inij)ortant. In ordinary conversation on any subject the key, or pitch, of the voice being constantly changed, the fremitus varies accordingly. The lower the pitch of the voice the more marked, as a rule, will be the resulting fremitus. It is important to understand that the normal vocal fremitus is more marked in the right than the left sub- clavicular region. In other words there is normal ex- aggerated vocal fremitus in the right sub-clavicular region of the healthy chest. Hoav is this very impor- tant fact to be ex]3lained? Simply because the right primitive bronchial tube being larger than the left, a larger volume of voice is conveyed into the right lung than the left. The trachea, about four and a half inches in length, extends from the lower part of the larynx on a level with the fifth cervical vertebra to opposite the third dorsal, where it divides into the two primitive bronchi, right and left. The right bronchus, shorter, more hori- zontal, and larger than the left, enters the right lung opiDOsite the fourth dorsal vertebra, just behind the upper border of the second costal cartilage of the right 14 PHYSICAL DIAGNOSIS. side. The left bronchus, longer, more oblique, and smaller than the right, passes under the arch of the aorta and enters the left lung opposite the fifth dorsal vertebra, one inch lower than the right. Moreover, the septum between the two is to the left of the median line, so that foreign bodies getting into the trachea naturally drop into the right bionchus or main chan- FiG. 4.— Division of the Trachea into tlietwo Primitive Bronchi, showingthe Right Bronchus much larger tlian the Left and given off higher up. (Schematic Diagram.) nel. It is reasonable to suppose, therefore, that a larger amount or volume of the voice is conveyed into the right lung, especially the upper part, than the left, and hence more vocal fremitus is obtained on the right side. For the same reason more fremitus is felt posteriorly in the inter-scapular region of the right side, as also slightly more in the right sub-scapular region than the left. There being no lung tissue over the superficial PALPATION. 15 area of cardiac dullness in the left mammary region, and over' the liver, in front, below the sixth rib, we do not expect to find much fremitus at those points usu- ally, and then only so much as may be extended there by the chest walls. The normal spleen and kidneys do not perceptibly affect the fremitus. Over the scapulae the fremitus is interrupted more or less by the bone which intervenes. The amount of vocal fremitus differs in different healthy individuals, as it depends for its production on certain important factors. These may be embraced chiefly under two heads: (1) the character of the voice and (2) the conditions of the chest walls. In the first place, a loud, low-pitched, harsh voice will, other things equal, cause more vocal fremitus than a high- pitched soft voice. For this reason men have more fremitus as a rule than women, and grown people more than children. The bass notes of the large pipes of an organ produce more fremitus, or jarring, than the high notes, the vibrations of the former being more power- ful and longer. And in like manner the bass viol produces more fremitus or jarring, than the violin. Secondly, the chest walls. A person with chest walls covered with fat, or extra development of muscle, will, other things equal, have less vocal fremitus than one with thin chest walls, unencumbered with those tissues, thin chest walls requiring less force to be thrown into vibrations. In a man having a loud bass voice and a large chest, with thin chest walls, we should expect to find the vocal fremitus well marked, but more on his right side, for reasons already given. On the other hand, we may not be able to detect any vocal fremitus 16 PHYSICAL DIAGNOSIS. whatever in a fat, small-chested woman with a high- pitched soft voice. It is of the greatest importance to know that in health the vocal fremitus, usually ob- tained, is always relatively exaggerated on the patient's right side. The same amount of fremitus on the left side would probably indicate more or less consolidation of lung tissue. In marked deformities of the chest, however, such as those caused by marked spinal curva- tures, exceptions to the rule are usually met with in all the methods of physical examinations, though the lungs be perfectly healthy. This is what might be ex- pected, but it is well to bear it in mind. Finally, and what is difficult to explain, the vocal fremitus appears to be very slightly increased when the patient is in the recumbent position, a fact of very little practical im-. portance, as it is not usually noticeable. III. Percussion. Percussion is the act of striking the patient one or more blows, to obtain accurate information regarding the underlying parts, and is the third step in the regular order of the physical examination of the chest. It should be performed gently so as not to cause pain to the patient. Although the history of inspection and palpation appears to be nowhere stated, it is well known that Atjenbeugger was the author of per- cussion. He was born in Gratz, Styria, in 1722, and practiced medicine in Vienna, where he died in 1809. He discovered the value of percussion while engaged in the study of a case of empyema. He, however, made use of immediate percussion only, and pub- lished his views on that subject in 1761. But it PEKcrssioisr. 17 was not until Piorry of Paris invented the plexinieter in 1828 that mediate percussion was brought into gen- eral use. Piorry also drew attention to the increased sense of resistance which accompanies the dull yound elicited by percussing solidified lung tissue, and hence one of the advantages of palpatory percussion, with the finger as a pleximeter, over other methods. The percussion hammer was invented by Wintrich in 1841, and when employing this instrument, instead of the Fig. 5.— Percussion Hammers and Pleximeters. fingers, it is necessary frequently to use a pleximeter made of ivory or other material, which may be flat or otherwise. A solid piece of ivory about two inches long, a little larger than an ordinary lead pencil, and shaped somewhat like an hour glass, is useful some- times in percussing just above and below the clavicles in cases of marked depression in those regions, and be- tween ribs, in some cases when it would be difficult to apply the finger, or other pleximeter. To perform pal- patory percussion, a finger of the left hand is placed as a pleximeter firmly against the chest walls and hori- 2 18 PHYSICAL DIAGNOSIS, zontally between ribs, rather than vertically. Then with one or more fingers of the right hand (in right- handed persons) curved so as to bring their tips in con- tact with the pleximeter, and moving the wrist joint only, three to five, short, sharp blows, are rapidly de- livered, which jDroduce a certain sound. The pleximeter should be applied alike on both sides of the chest and the blows should be delivered with equal force. These rules are equally applicable when the percussion ham- mer and ivory pleximeter are used. The percus- sion sound differs for different parts of the healthy chest, and is composed of four elements or properties, (1) quality or timbre; (2) pitch; (3) duration or length, and (4) intensity or amount. Of these properties by far the most important is quality. Quality enables us to tell one kind of a sound from another regardless of all other properties. We thus distinguish the sound of a drum from the blowing of a horn and these two from piano music. It is not by the pitch, intensity or duration, that we recognize the sound of the drum, but by the quality of the sound. And so for all other musical instruments. The drum may be small and give a high-pitched sound. Or it may be large and give a low-pitched sound. Or the pitch may vary with tightening or loosening the head of the same drum. While the pitch may vary infinitely, the quality remains the same. In percussing over healthy vesicular lung tissue we know that the sound elicited is the normal vesicular, or pi)]r. onary resonance, simply by the quality of the sound i)roduced. The pitch will vary in different healthy people. A person with a large chest will give PEECUSSIOlSr. 19 a lower pitched note perhaps than one \\T.th a small chest, and of two chests of the same size, that one will give a higher note the walls of which are more tense or thiclv than the other. Yet the quality may be the same for all. In percussing over the liver, deltoid muscle, or any solid substance, the quality of the note is dull ; over fluids inclosed in thin walls it is flat ; and over a cavity Avith tense walls and containing air it may be tympanitic. If it be a large cavity, the pitch will be low, and if a small one, other things equal, it will be high, relatively, yet it will be tympanitic in both cases. It is the quality of the percussion note, then, that helps us to distinguish the healthy from the pathological condition, and one pathological condition from another. Vitcli as an attribute of chest sounds was first brought forward by Dr. Walter H. \Yalshe, of London, about 1850. It is not possible for all to distinguish slight differences in pitch, as it is a natural gift, and belongs to those who have, what is called, an ear for music. Even then it requires cultivation and practice. On the other hand, every one can recognize one quality of sound from another. Pitch is often of use in dis- tinguishing different degrees of the same class. Thus a high-pitched tympanitic percussion note gives the idea of a smaller cavity, with tenser walls, than low-pitched tympanicity, although the quality in both cases would be the same. A large area of solidification would yield a higher pitched percussion note than a small one, though the quality in each case would be dull. There are, however, different degrees of dullness, and the more marked the quality of dullness is, the higher will be 20 PHYSICAL DIAGNOSIS. the pitch. Where the dullness is very slight the pitch is of great importance, otherwise it is not. Ordinary respiration does not affect the percussion note, since we obtain the average quality of the sound during percussion. If, however, the patient be directed to take a deep inspiration and hold the breath, the note may be a little different then from one made at the end of a full expiration. In the former case the resonance is exaggerated, but the jDitch varies for dif- ferent cases, sometimes higher and sometimes lower than at the end of a full expiration, according to the tension of the chest walls and the volume of air inhaled. A chest with little expansive power may be made very tense on forced inspiration without increasing the vol- ume of air in proportion. Here the i^itch would be higher at the end of inspiration. If volume exceeded tension it would be lower. It is not surprising, there- fore, to find even eminent authors differing on this rather unimjDortant point. Duration^ or length, as an element or property of sound, varies with the pitch. The higher the pitch the shorter the duration or length, and the lower the pitch the longer will be the duration. Intensity^ or amount, as already stated, is used in two senses. In percussion the intensity signifies the amount in the sense of amplitude or volume. The lower the pitch, therefore, the longer the duration and the greater the intensity, or volume, of the XDercussion note. Normal percussion resonance therefore is lower in pitch, longer in duration, and of greater intensity (volume) than dullness which is higher in pitch, shorter in duration and of less intensity (volume). A large PEKrrssiox. 21 cavity giving low-pitclied tyiiipanicity emits a more intense percussion note tlian a small one giving liigli- pitclied tympanicity. All these elements or properties of sound are important, but quality, as already stated, is first, and pitch second, the duration and intensity being secondary to pitch. Let us now examine the different percussion sounds obtained in percussing different regions of the healthy chest ; marked deformities being excepted, as already stated, when speaking of palpation. Great care should be observed in symmetrically arranging the patient so as to be able to compare one side with the other under the same conditions. If we percuss in the left sub- clavicular (infra-clavicular) region a certain sound is obtained termed the normal vesicular resonance, or the normal x^ulmonary resonance. The quality is ves- icular, or pulmonary, due to the presence of normal vesicular, or i^ulmonary tissue. The pitch is some- what low, the duration and intensity (volume) being in proportion. In the right sub-clavicular (infra- clavicular) region we obtain a note very slightly duller in quality, somewhat higher in pitch, shorter in dura- tion, and of less intensity (volume). This fact is of the utmost importance, since slight dullness on percussion is one of the earliest signs of incipient phthisis, due to incomplete consolidation. Three reasons are given for this difference. (1) The right x^ectoral muscles being- more developed and thicker in right-handed persons would naturally cause the note to be slightly duller on the right side than the left. Should the patient be left handed the note may be slightly duller on the left side but not always. We then look for some other 22 PHYSICAL DIAGIS^OSIS. reason. (2) The right lobe of the liver acting as a solid foundation for the right lung is regarded by some as the cause for a higher percussion note on the right side than the left, the left lung being in relation with the large end of the stomach. The heart being situated chiefly on the left side, however, this theory is disputed and even rejected by some. (3) Lastly the difference is said by. some to be due to the difference in the anatom- ical arrangement of the bronchial tubes. The right bronchial tabe being larger, and situated higher up, than the left, gives us broncho-pulmonary, or broncho-vesicu- lar tissue, to deal with in which the bronchial element is more marked than in the same region on the left side. And it is not improbable that bronchial tubes with their muscular coats and more or less connective tissue, occupying space that is taken up in the left side by air cells, would give a slightly duller note. Flint, however, states that they probably raise the pitch by imparting to the note a slightly tympanitic quality of high pitch. The resonance obtained by immediate percussion on the clavicles is not always indicative of the true condi- tion of the lungs underneath, and hence is not to be de- pended on. The properties of the note will vary with the length and shape of the bone. For these reasons a slightly duller note is often obtained over the left clavi- cle than the right, in perfectly healthy chests. The mammary regions being covered over with more adipose tissue than those above or bolow in connection with the mammary glands which are also more or less developed, the note in these regions would naturally be less resonant than in tnose above. Moreover in the PERCUSSION. 23 left mammary region we have within the line of the left nipjjle the deep and superficial areas of cardiac dullness, the former extending into the right mammary region about half an inch to the right of the sternum. Along the lower margin of tne right mammary region we find the line of deep hepatic dullness. The right hj^oclioiidriac (infra- mammary) region being occupied by the right lobe of the liver we obtain here marked hepatic dullness. It should not be called flatness, however, as that quality is obtained by per- cussing over fluids contained in thin walls. In the upper part of the left hypochondriac region and at its outer boundary we may obtain some dullness from the left lobe of the liver and anterior border of the sj)leen, but owing to the larger end of the stomach the percus- sion note, esx^ecially under forcible percussion, is often tjTiipanitic. Over the sternum dullness by means of gentle percussion is usually obtained on account of the bone. But forcible percussion over the trachea and bronchi down to the line of the upper border of the third ribs will give tympanicity or rather bandbox resonance. Below the third ribs the heart and liver cause dullness. In percussing the posterior regions of the chest the patient should assume the same position as for palpa- tion, so as to get the scapulae as much out of the way as iDossible and render the tissues tense. In the sujDra- scapular regions forcible percussion elicits pulmonary resonance to a certain extent, but it is muffled by the thick covering of over-lying tissues. This is even more the case in the inter-scapular regions. Over the scapu- lar regions the bone interferes with the resonance. In 24 PHYSICAL DIAGNOSIS. the sub-scapular (infra-scajDular) regions, however, we get pulmonary resonance down to the lower limit of the lungs, which is the tenth rib on both sides. The note, however, is slightly duller and consequently higher pitched in the right sub-scapular region than the left, both on gentle and forcible percussion. The right muscles of the back being usually thicker than the left, and the right lobe of the liver affording a solid substance against which we percuss on the right side, fully account for this difference. The lungs only ex- tend down to the tenth ribs on the vertebral lines (both sides of the sj)inal column), so that below those ribs there is usually marked dullness. In percussing the lateral regions the patient should place on the head the hand of the side j)ercussed. In the axillary regions of both sides we get loud pulmonary resonance. In the sub-axillary (infra-axillary) region of the right side we come down to hepatic dullness on the axillary line, between the seventh and eighth ribs, and it continues down to the eleventh. In the same region on the left side there is some dullness on percussion over the spleen from the ninth to the eleventh ribs. Forcible percussion in this region, however, may elicit tympa- nicity from the large end of the stomach. In children the percussion note is usually more reso- nant than in adults, owing to their thin chest walls. In women, for the same reason and on account of their superior costal respiration, the resonance is more marked than in men, esj)ecially in the upper part of the chest; while in the aged, the chest walls becoming more and more rigid, and the lungs smaller in volume, less resonance is to be expected as a rule. AUSCULTATION, 25 IV. Auscultation. Auscultation is the act of listening, and may be done immediately by placing the ear directly against the chest, or mediately by the intervention of a stetho- scope. In the former case a thin soft towel, or other similar material, may be used to cover up the chest. Fig. 6.— Stethoscopes. A. Ford's silent circular spring. B. Screw for regulating ear-pressure. Tlie same observations regarding the position of the patient in palliating, or percussing, apply here. Hippocrates, 460-375 B.C., was the first to make use of auscultation as a x^rocedure in physical diagnosis, but only to the limited extent of hearing the splashing of fluid by succussion, in the case of pneumohydro- thorax. It was not until 1816 that Laennec, of the N'ecker Hospital, in Paris, invented the stethoscope 26 PHYSICAL DIAGNOSIS and first gave to auscultation the value wliich it now possesses. In 1840 Dr. Camman, of New York City, invented the binaural stethoscope. The ear pieces of this instrument should fit properly, and the spring, or elastic, may be guarded by a screw so as to regulate the pressure in the ears, otherwise injury to the ears must follow sooner or later. The moderate use of the stethoscope for locating heart murmurs is good, but in other cases the ear is to be preferred when possible. In the auscultation of the healthy chest we listen for the breath sounds and the voice sounds; the respira- tory murmur and the pectorophony, or vocal resonance as heard over the chest. The patient should be directed ^^^^''^^^^^ to clear the throat if necessary^and not to make any superfluous noise in breathing. Normal Respiratory Murmur. — If now we place the ear or stethoscope to the chest while the patient breathes with a moderate amount of force, we hear the normal respiratory murmur, or breath sound, which for reasons already given is more marked in women than in men, esj)ecially in the upper part of the chest. This normal respiratory murmur is a more or less composite sound in which the larynx, trachea, bron- chial tubes, air vesicles, and perhaps other elements are concerned. It differs for different regions of the chest and is designated according to the predominating qual- ity present. In the left sub-clavicular region, for in- stance, we have the type of the normal vesicular respira- tory murmur, the vesicular (rustling, breezy) quality predominating on account of the presence of the pul- monary vesicles or air-cells. In rhythm the length of the inspiration of the normal vesicular respiratory AUSCULTATION. 27 murmur is about four times the length ojl expiration and continuous with the latter. Inspiration is vesicu- lar (breezy or rustling) in quality, of a certain j)itch, which may be regarded as somewhat low, and of a cer- tain intensity, which varies in different healthy chests. The expiration when present is always continuous with inspiration, but is absent, according to Flint, in about one-fourth of the cases. This is esj)ecially true with men, particularly on the left side. Exj^iration is blowing in quality and lower in pitch than inspira- tion. Guttmann truthfully states that this respira- tory murmur may be imitated by properly adjusting the lijDS (nearly closing them) and drawing in and ex- Fig. 7. — Normal Vesicular respiratory murmur. pelling air through them on the iDroi^er key with due regard to duration. In fact any respiratory murmur may be imitated in the same way, as in whispering a tune. The reason why expiration is shorter than in- spiration, according to Walshe, is because in the latter instance the air current is dii^ected toward, in the former from, the ear of the auscultator. Either in- spiration or expiration or both may be wavy in per- fectly healthy chests. We find it in the hysterical and nervous. Palpitation of the heart may cause it, especially on the left side. Even when interruiDted, cog- wheeled, or jerky, it is not necessarily associated with incipient phthisis. The normal respiratory murmur heard in the right sub-clavicular region differs somewhat from that heard 28 PHYSICAL DIAGNOSIS. in the left. On tlie riglit side the bronchus imparts to it a bronchial element not heard on the left. In other words we have the normal vesiculo-bronchial respiratory murmur on the right side, a fact of the utmost importance, especially when taken with the other physical signs in this region, all of which very closely resemble those of incipient phthisis. In this vesiculo-bronchial murmur the chief characteristics are that expiration is prolonged, raised in pitch, and some- what tubular in quality, and the murmur as a whole is more intense (exaggerated) than it is on the left side. Inspiration is also slightly higher in pitch and less vesicular in quality than on the left side. In the supra-sternal region by placing the stetho- scope over the trachea we get the normal tracheal breathing, and in the inter-scapular region, especially of the left side, as the left primitive bronchus is more deeply situated than the right, we obtain the normal bronchial breathing over the site of the left primitive bronchus. In this both inspiration and expiration are tubular in quality. The bronchial respiratory murmur resembles the tracheal but is less intense. Over the larynx we have the normal laryngeal breathing. Over the liver and superficial area of cardiac dullness, where no lung tissue exists, we hear no respiratory murmur, unless it may be transmitted along the chest walls. Over the scapulge the murmur is weak or absent on ac- count of the intervening bone. The normal vesicular respiratory murmur besides being heard in the left sub-clavicular region is also heard in both axillary re- gions and the sub-scajDular regions. The respiratory murmur may also be heard in the supra-clavicular and AUSCULTATIO]N'. 29 supra-scapular regions. In any locality it may become exaggerated, supplementary, or li}3)ervesicular in cer- tain cases where one lung or portion of a lung is doing- extra work for a short time. In children before the vesicular element of the lungs has become fully devel- oped and also OAving to their thin chest walls, the res- piratory murmur is termed puerile. It is less vesicular and more intense than in adult life, but is not neces- sarily therefore harsh. In old age the murmur be- comes less intense and the rhythm changed, insj)ira- tion being shortened and expiration prolonged. JS'ormal Pectoropliony (chest voice), vocal resonance, or voice sound over the chest, in health is the sound produced by the patient's voice as heard through the chest walls. It is a distant, diffused, indistinct sound, being more or less buzzing. The ear or stethoscope, preferably the ear, should be apx)lied to the chest and the jDatient directed to speak out the words one, two, three, repeating them as often as necessary. ]N"ormal ^pectorophony (chest voice) or vocal reso- nance, differs in different healthy people according to the character of the voice and the conditions of the chest walls, and for different localities, just exactly like the normal vocal fremitus. What has been already stated about the latter, therefore, equally applies to tiie former. It is normally exaggerated (slightly increased) in the patient's right sub-clavicular region and else- where, like the fremitus. yO PHYSICAL DIAGNOSIS. SUMMARY OF THE PHYSICAL SIGNS OF THE HEALTHY CHEST. 1. Inspection. — A perfectly symmetrical chest is rare. The shoulders may not be on the same level, and there may be slight lateral curvature of the spine. The apex- beat of the heart maj^ or may not be visible, according, chiefly, to the thickness of the chest walls. There is equal and general expansion of the chest walls on both sides during inspiration. Sux)erior costal respiration is noticeable in women, abdominal respiration in men. The scapulae move evenly, except, for instance, in nerv- .UT>Ljj'vc><,u;,Q-Qg peojjle. X 2. Palpation. — The normal vocal fremitus varies in different people, depending on the character of the voice and the conditions of the chest walls. It is, how- ever, more perceptible all over the patient's right side than the left and is esioecially exaggerated in the right sub-clavicular, inter-scapular, and sub-scapular regions, since the right bronchial tube, larger than the left, conducts a larger volume of voice to the right side. The apex-beat of the heart is usually, but not always, felt. 3. Percussion. — We obtain normal pnlmonary res- onance in the left sub-clavicular region, both axillary regions, and the left sub-scapular region. In the right sub-cla\icular and sub-scapular regions the note is slightly duller than in those regions of the left side, owing chiefly to the difference in the thickness of the muscles. Over the liver and superficial area of car- diac dullness we obtain marked dullness. Over the spleen in the left sub-axillary region, from the ninth to HEALTHY CHEST — SUMMARY. 31 the eleventh ribs on the axillary line, there is slight dullness mingled not infrequently Avith ventral tym- panicity. In the scapular and inter-scapular regions the resonance is interfered ^Aith by the intervening bone and muscles. 4. Auscultation. — In the left sub-clavicular, both axillary and sub-scapular regions, we hear the normal vesicular respiratory murmur. In the right sub-cla- vicular region we hear the normal vesiculo-bronchial respiratory murmur owing to proximity to the right primitive bronchus. Over the larynx, trachea and bronchi we hear the respiratory murmur characteristic of tliose organs. Over the liver and sux3erticial area of cardiac dullness the respiratory murmur may be en- tirely absent unless transmitted there by the chest walls. The normal pectorophony (vocal resonance over the chest) is exaggerated in the right sub-clavicular region and is also more' intense in the right inter-scap- ular and sub-scapular regions than the left for the same reason that the fremitus is. From the foregoing observations we deduce the follo\\ing differential summary of the physical signs as obtained in the right and left sub-clavicular re- gions in the healthy chest: (1) Inspection is chiefly negative. (2) Pal^Dation gives exaggerated vocal frem- itus on the patient's right side. (3) Slight dullness on percussion in the patient's right side, the pitch being slightly raised. (4) Upon auscultation we find vesiculo-bronchial respiratory murmur and exagger- ated pectorophony (vocal resonance) on the patient's right side. In other words, we have in the right sub- clavicular region of the healthy chest all the signs of 32 PHYSICAL DIAGNOSIS. incomplete consolidation of lung tissue as seen in the early stage of phthisis, except some adventitious sound, such as crepitant, or sub-crepitant rales, or the mucous or intra-pleural click. " Without a practical knowledge of these points of disparity," says Flint, " error in di- agnosis can hardly be avoided." In cases of doubt the sputa should be examined by an expert for the tuber- cle bacillus, though it is not always found at this early Gtage. OTHER MEANS EMPLOYED IN PHYSICAL DIAGNOSIS. Mensuration^ or measurement, may be of use in comparing the two sides of the chest in repose, or dur- ing inspiration and expiration, or to ascertain the total amount of expansibility of the chest. Even in these cases inspection is usually suthcient. Moreover, a dis- eased person can sometimes, by practice, expand the chest walls more than a healthy one who has not prac- ticed. It is of use sometimes in ascertaining the size of the chest in proportion to the height. Thus a man 5 feet 6 inches high should measure around the chest, on a level with the sixth costo-sternal articulations, 37^ inches ; 5 feet 8 inches high, 38^ inches ; 5 feet 10 inches high, 39i inches; 6 feet high, 41 inches, and so on. Three inches is good expansion of a healthy chest on full inspiration, although the healthiest person may not be able to expand the chest over two inches with- out practice, while it may be possible with practice to expand it six inches. Various instruments, such as the stethometer, spirometer, and cyrtometer, have been used for mensuration. The ordinary tape-line, however, is good enough for practical purposes. A'ARIOUS METHODS. 33 Ausciiltatory-Per CUSS ion, was invented by Dr. Cam- man, of New York, about 1840. It combines ausculta- tion by means of the stethoscope with percussion. While the stethoscope is firmly pressed over the heart, for instance, percuss gently at the same time. As soon as the percussion reaches the border of the heart the quality and pitch of the note is changed at once. It is a much more delicate test than the ordinary method of percussion, and is especially useful in diagnosing thoracic aneurism. It may also be used for accurately determining the boundaries of the heart, liver, and other organs of the body. Unless performed correctly and carefully, however, it is misleading. A pleximeter, small enough to be pressed down between the ribs, should be used, otherwise we always obtain the dull percussion resonance of the superficial adipose, or other tissue, instead of that of the underlying organs. SuGcussion, invented by Hix3i)ocrates, 460-375 B.C., consists in shaking the patient while the ear is at the same time applied to the j)atient's chest. By this means the splashing sound of fluid characteristic of pneumo-hydrothorax is detected, as will be fully de- scribed. Paracentesis Tlioracis, or TJioracentesis^ in cases of extensive pleuritic effusions, whether of serum or 23US, was first brought before the profession in a prac- tical manner by Trousseau, of Paris, about 1835. After his death it fell into disuse, but was revived in 1852 by Dr. Bowditch, of Boston, Massachusetts, who clearly pointed out the indications for the operation, as will be mentioned when speaking of that subject. More re- cently by means of the hypodermic syiinge the exist- 3 34 PHYSICAL DIAGNOSIS. ence and character of pleuritic effusions can be estab- lished with certainty. Other less imi^ortant procedures are autophonia, the method by musical vibrations, and phonometry. Autophonia was first brought into notice by the late M. Hourmann, who " connected peculiarities in the resonance of the observer's own voice (as he speaks with the ear applied to the chest directly, or by the intervention of the stethoscope) with certain definite conditions of density of the parts beneath." The method by musical vibrations originated with Drs. Stone and Grabham (London Lancet, vol. i., 1867, p. 114), and consists in " communicating a musical im- pulse to the air in the bronchial passages by forcibly inspiring through a tube or pitch-pipe containing a free reed. The note emitted is directly conveyed to the parts under observation." Phonometry is a method described by Baas. It consists in " placing a tuning fork on the surface of the chest or abdomen, and determining by the inten- sity or feebleness of the tone it gives, the condition of the subjacent organs." The best instrument for this purpose is Blake's tuning fork with a small spring hammer attached. The usual method of per- cussion, however, is much to be preferred. Having become thoroughly and practically ac- quainted with the physical signs obtained by examin- ing the healthy chest, the student is now prepared to consider the physical signs of various diseases. CHAPTEE II. BRONCHITIS. Diseases in which the breath and voice sounds are refracted (broken up, diffused) within the lungs as much as, or more than in health, with consequent normal or diminished vocal fremitus, respiratory murmur, and pectorophony. — Obstruc- tion in the bronchial tubes to the convection of sound, with consequent diminution or suppression of the latter. — Ad- ventitious sounds. BPvOisrcHiTis is the inflammation of the mncons mem- brane lining the larger or medium-sized bronchial tubes, but when the smaller or ultimate bronchial tubes be- come the seat of the disease it is called cajDillary bron- chitis. In neither case are the air cells affected unless as a complication. As independent jDnmary diseases they are general or bilateral, local bronchitis being usually caused by and secondary to some other disease, tubercle, aneurism, or neoplastic growth for instance, or surgical injury. The physical signs of bronchitis, apart from compli- cations, are as follows: Inspection. — This yields chiefly a negative result. Usually there is no percex)tible difference from health in the size and shape of the chest and character of the respiratory movements. Especially is there no differ- ence in the respiratory movements of the two sides, when compared Avith one another, but both expand alike. 36 PHYSICAL DIAGNOSIS. Palpation. — This also gives negative results gener- ally. The vocal fremitus is usually normal, or it may be slightly diminished if the bronchial tubes are much obstructed by mucus, so that the voice sound is not conveyed by them as freely as in health. In rare cases a large tube, the left primitive bronchus, for instance, the right being usually too large, or a large branch of either, becomes stopped up by a plug of viscid mucus, with diminution or even absence of the vocal fremitus over the corresponding area. Coughing may remove th© plug and then the fremitus immediately returns. In case of coarse mucous rales, especially with thin chest walls, rhonchal fremitus may be present. Percussion. — This also yields negative results, the air cells in uncomplicated bronchitis being unaffected and full of air. Sometimes the resonance may even be exaggerated owing to the abnormal distention of the air cells Avith air. This, however, ^^ill be explained when speaking of emphysema. In old cases of bron- chitis where the inflammation has extended so as to give rise to peri-bronchial thickening or interstitial in- flammation, more or less dullness on percussion Avill result from those complications. Ai(scuUatio?i.~Tlie respiratory murmur may be Aveakened if the tubes are much obstructed Avith mucus, or, if a large tul^e he plugged up as already described, the respiratory murmur may be entirely absent for the corresponding area. Upon coughing and removing the obstruction the respiratory murmur immediately re- turns. AYhen heard, however, its quality is the same as in health as a rule. It may, however, be a little harsh (rouglij if the mucous membrane of the larger BRO^X'JIITIS — KxVLES. 37 bronchi is mncli roughened where the tidal air rubs against it instead of gliding smoothly and without much friction, as in health. Expiration will be more or less prolonged in projjortion to the amount of ob- struction in the tubes, the force of ordinary expiration being weaker than that of inspiration. Pectorophony (vocal resonance over the chest) is usually normal, but may be slightly diminished like the vocal fremitus. Relatively the vocal fremitus and pectorophony are the same as in health in comparing one side with the other. Rales (rattles) are usually heard in bronchitis and belong to the adventitious or foreign sounds. These never exist until produced by disease. Adventitious sounds are abnormal from beginning and are not modi- fied normal sounds. Their presence, therefore, always indicates some abnormal condition. (See Summary of Adventitious Sounds, Chap. Y.) The rales heard in bronchitis may be dry or moist. There are two varieties of dry rales, the sonorous and sibilant. Sonorous rales are loud, low-pitched, dry rales made in the larger bron- chial tubes. The sibilant are high-pitched, whistling rales made in the smaller tubes, or in larger tubes if the constriction be sufiicient. They are heard in the early or dry stage of bronchitis and asthma, and are due to irregularity in the calibre of the tubes from spasmodic constriction of the muscular coats, or tume- faction of the lining mucous membrane. Sometimes they are also caused, undoubtedly, by the vibration of viscid mucus, and hence are changed with coughing. Moist bronchial rales are divided into three varieties. Tliose made in the larger bronchial tubes are large bub- 38 PHYSICAL DIAGNOSIS. bling rales heard both on inspiration and expiration, and are called mucous rales. Those made in the medium-sized bronchial tubes are called sub-mucous rales. They are also bubbling rales heard both on inspiration and expiration, but are finer and higher pitched than the mucous rales. Lastly we have the sub-crepitant rales made in the finer bronchi. Fig. 8. — Bronchial Rales, mr, Mucous rales; smr, sub-mucous rales; scr, sub-crep- itant rales; cr, crepitant rales; t, tumefaction; s, spasmodic stricture of bronchial tube. These are fine moist rales, heard chiefly on inspiration, though occasionally they are heard on expiration also. All of these rales may be present together, or only one or more varieties. They may be abundant, scant, or even absent at times. In the latter case, coughing may develop them. When present they usually change with or even without coughing, are more or less irregu- lar in size, and are attended with more or less ex- pectoration. In this way they differ from intra-pleural BRONCHITIS. 39 moist rales, which are usually local, do not change with coughing, are uniforai and superhcial, and attended with little or no expectoration. The i)atient should be directed to clear the throat to avoid laryngeal and tracheal rales, the sound of which may be conveyed to the ear through the bronchial tubes and air cells. Other adventitious sounds are the crepitant rales made in the air cells, intra-pleural rales, mucous and intra-pleui'al click, gurgles, metallic (amphoric) tinkle, friction sounds, sjolashing sounds, and certain crackling and crumpling sounds called indeterminate rales, to be described each in its projjer place. (See also Summary of Adventitious Sounds, p. 159, Chap. Y.) Capillary Broncliitls is the inflammation of the mucous membrane lining the smallest or ultimate bron- chial tubes, the air cells still remaining unaffected ex- cept as a complication. It occurs most frequently in children. It is also seen among the aged and others having enfeebled heart's action, and hence may occur in the course of long-continued diseases of a typhoid character. The physical signs are, in general, similar to those of ordinary bronchitis. Inspection, however, may reveal increased frequency of respiratory movements and sometimes more or less cyanosis, especially about the cheeks, ears, tip of the nose, lips, and fingers. (See Atelectasis and Lobular Pneumonia.) Palpation generally }i.elds negative results, or the fremitus may be diminished or even absent from ob- struction of the tubes, as already stated. 40 PHYSICAL DIAGNOSIS. Percussion. — The percussion note may be normal, or it may be, and frequently is, exaggerated from tem- porary over-distention of the air cells. This is due to the fact that forced exjDiratory efforts empty chiefly the larger bronchi but have very little influence over the air cells. Hence, so far as the air cells are con- cerned, inspiration is a more forcible act than expira- tion. The air passes by the mucous obstruction into the air cells more easily than it gets out, and so accu- mulates in the air cells and distends them. On the other hand, if the patient is very feeble, as is not infre- quently the case with sick children or the aged, or those suffering with typhoid fever, the air cells may collapse, giving rise to atelectasis instead of a tempo- rary over-distention or emphysema. In such cases there is not power enough on inspiration to overcome the ob- struction in the tubes, and the air in the cells becomes absorbed, the oxygen disappearing first and then the carbonic acid. Such a complication would give some dullness on percussion and is often mistaken for pne a- monia. Auscultation usually reveals the presence of line sub-crepitant rales in great abundance, over both si des, and especially low down posteriorly, owing to graAdta- tion of the mucus, in many instances, to that ])art. Other rales may also be x)resent at the same time. The respiratory murmur, if heard at all, would be a\)Out normal in quality, with expiration more or less pro- longed, owing to the obstacle to the free escape of air. Usually it is so weak, however, owing to its not being freely conveyed by tubes that are obstructed with mucus, that it may be obscured entirely by the rales- CAPILLARY BROXCIilTIS. 41 Sometimes the obstruction is so complete that it is suppressed. Pectorophony (vocal resonance over the chest) is usually normal, but may be diminished like the fremitus. If exaggerated, or markedly increased, it would indicate pneumonia. Differential Diagnosis of bronchitis. This is not usually difficult. Being a bilateral affection with no johysical sign of material value, except the detection of various rales more or less over both sides of the chest by auscultation, it is readily distinguished from acute lobar pneumonia which, besides being usually attended with severe constitutional symptoms, is gen- erally unilateral and confined to one lobe, usually the lower lobe of the right lung. Moreover, owing to solid- ification of lung tissue in pneumonia, we usually ob- tain marked increase of fremitus on palpation, marked dullness on percussion over the part affected, and on auscultation hear bronchial breathing and bron- chophony, as will be fully explained. In capillary bronchitis the inflammation may extend here and there in spots into the air cells, giving rise to lobular pneumonia, which is also called catarrhal or broncho-pneumonia. It is often difficult to detect mi- nute spots of lobular pneumonia. If in the course of capillary bronchitis, respiration becomes hurried, with exaggerated movements of the alse nasi and rise in tem I)erature, it is fair to infer that lobular pneumonia has occurred, even if it be to such a small extent that other signs are wanting. But if, in addition, there are in- crease of fremitus, dullness on percussion, which should be gently performed on children in order to detect it, and bronchial breathing over one or more spots, the 42 PHYSICAL DIAGNOSIS. diagnosis of pneumonia would be complete. Atelecta- sis due to capillary broncliitis would also give some dullness on percussion, but it would be symmetrically bilateral and there would be sucking in of the inter- costal and supra-clavicular spaces on inspiration, with no extra rise in temperature (see Atelectasis). The presence or absence of chlorides or albumen in the urine in these cases are of little or no value as aids to diagnosis. ASTHMA. Asthma is described by authors as a reflex neurosis. It is characterized by recurrent jDaroxysms of violent dyspnoea, due to spasm of the muscular coats of the bronchial tubes, or tumefaction of their mucous mem- brane from capillary vaso-motor disturbance, or both. It attacks both sexes at all ages, but men are affected by it twice as often as women, being more exposed to the causes. It requires for its production three factors : (1) a sensitive area of mucous membrane, (2) an abnoi'- mally sensitive nerve centre, and (3) an external irri- tant. Given all three of these factors simultaneously and an attack of asthma is produced, and it cannot be produced by any two without the third. The sensitive area of mucous membrane may be situ- ated in the naso-pharynx, bronchial tubes, or stomach. The irritant applied to either of these points may be reflected back to the lungs along the pneumogastric nerve, giving rise to naso-pharyngeal asthma, bronchi- tic asthma or peptic asthma. Cardiac .asthma is also described, but this would properly come under the head of bronchitic asthma, owing to the bronchitis re- ASTHMA. 43 suiting from the heart disease. The second factor, the abnormally sensitive nerve centre, may be inherited or acquired by long-continued application of the irritant to the sensitive area of mucous membrane. Not only this, but one sensitive area of mucous membrane may give rise to a second area, so that naso-pharyngeal, or even pej)tic asthma, for example, may become bron- chitic asthma. Of external irritants, which constitute the third factor in this disease, dust of some sort is the most common. But there are a great variety of ex- ternal irritants, some of them giving different names to the disease, as hay asthma, and the like. JSTaso-pharyngeal asthma is very closely allied to what is known as hay fever. In the latter case the sensitive area of mucous membrane in the nares is situ- ated more anteriorly than in asthma, and by reflex action the branches of the facial nerve are involved, giving rise to lachrymation, sneezing, and other symp- toms of hay fever. Sometimes hay fever and asthma may occur at the same time. The irritants in cases of peptic asthma are certain kinds of food, and in bron- chitic asthma, fog, cold with dampness, and changeable weather, often give rise to an attack. The physical signs of asthma during an attack are as follows : Inspection shows labored respiration. Usually the patient sits up and leans forward in order to breathe more freely. The shoulders are elevated and brought forward, the countenance is pale or dusky, and during respiration the expiratory act is seen to be prolonged. During inspiration, which is usually deferred, short, and sometimes jerking, the supra-clavicular, and supra- 44 PHYSICAL DIAGNOSIS. sternal fossae, scrobiculus cordis or pit of the stomacli, and the intercostal spaces are more or less sucked in and depressed, because the lungs do not become inflated to a degree corresponding to the enlargement of the thoracic cavity. After the paroxysm is over, nothing abnormal is to be observed, unless there be some com- plication, as vesicular emphysema. Palpation. — Rhonchal fremitus may be detected owing to the rales (rhonchi) which are present. Yocal fremitus may be unchanged, or slightly dimin- ished, owing to the emphysematous condition of the lungs rendering them more refractive of sound than in health. It may be also diminished by the obstruction in the bronchial tubes from spasm and mucus, thus rendering the tubes imperfect conveyors of the voice sound. Percussion. — Exaggerated resonance on percussion is the rule, owing to the emphysematous condition of the lungs. Auscultation. — Dry rales of various kinds are heard, but chiefly on expiration, which is much prolonged, while inspiration is so short as to scarcely give time enough for these rales to be thoroughly developed. Sometimes they are loud enough to be heard by the patient and the friends in the room. As the paroxysm declines, and increased secretion occurs, various moist rales may be heard, the mucous, sub-mucous, and sub- crepitant. Sometimes moist rales are present with dry rales from the flrst. The rales are usually heard over both sides of the chest, or they may be heard only on one side, or here and there in spots, but changing about from place to place. The respiratory murmur, if ASTHMA. 45 heard, would be little changed in quality, if any, but it is usually obscured by rales, or it may be weakened or entirely suppressed, owing to obstruction in the tubes and refraction in the lungs. The rhythm of res- piration is changed, expiration being much prolonged. The reason for this, as well as the emphysematous condition of the lungs, is the obstruction in the bron- chial tubes partly from spasm and j^artly from mucus. Fig. 9. — Diagram showing Enlargement of the Air-cells during: a paroxysm of Asthma owing to spasm of the Bronchial Tubes. The force of inspiration as aifecting the air-cells is greater, as aheady stated, than the force of exx)iration. Hence air passes in by the obstruction in the finer tubes more easily than it passes out. Hence its accu- mulation in the cells behind the obstruction and hence the prolonged effort in the attempt to expel it. It is not the inspiration of fresh air so much as it is the effort to exjDel impure air that constitutes the chief difficulty in a paroxysm of asthma. Instead of inspira- tion being to expiration as 4 :1 as in health, the rhythm, as Walshe observes, is often reversed and is as 1 :4, with 46 PHYSICAL DIAGNOSIS. expiration sometimes loud and hissing, owing to spasm of the bronchi. Fig. 10. —Respiration Murmur in Asthma. After the paroxysm is over, Dronchial rales of vari- ous kinds, both dry and moist, may be present for a few hours, or even several days. Pectorophony (vocal resonance) may be normal or somewhat diminished like the fremitus. Differential Diagnosis. — Proper attention to the physical signs and history of the case will usually en- able one to make the diagnosis of asthma with cer- tainty. The suddenness of its onset and departure, the labored breathing with expiration markedly pro- longed, the rales so abundant and loud, the absence of purulent expectoration and fever, and the suddenness with which it sometimes yields to remedies, at once distinguish it from bronchitis of any kind. In em- physema the dyspnoea is constant instead of paroxys- mal, owing to organic change, besides other j)liysical signs described in connection with that disease (see Emphysema). In some cases of heart disease there are paroxysms of dyspnoea, but they are usually shorter than those of asthma and are unattended with the characteristic i^rolonged expiration of the latter dis- ease. In spasmodic and other affections of the larynx there is change in the voice, and if wheezing be present, it is located at that point. Moreover, in laryngeal spasm, inspiration nnd not expiration is jirolonged and EMPHYSEMA. 47 labored. This may be true of polypus in the trachea. In pulmonary oedema there is dyspnoea, but there is also some dullness on percussion over the seat of the oedema, which is usually situated on both sides at the most dependent portion of the lungs posteriorly. Over the same region also may be heard liquid crepitant rales at the end of inspiration. The dyspnoea, instead of being sudden or paroxysmal, comes on gradually, increasing with the oedema, which may be due to heart disease or associated with dropsy. In hydrothorax, which is a symptom of general dropsy, there is flatness on percussion over the pleural cavities (up to the level of the fluid) instead of extra resonance, and the dys- pnoea gradually, but steadily becomes more and more nrgent with increase of the dropsy, as in oedema. In pulmonary hyx)Ostasis occcuring in old age with enfeebled heart, the dysxDuoea is like that due to oedema. EMPHYSEMA OF THE LUNGS. Emphysema, or inflation of the lungs, is of two classes : (1) interstitial, where the air escaj)es through rupture Into the interstitial pulmonary tissue; (2) vesicular, where there is excess of air in the pulmonary vesicles, causing them to be abnormally distended. Interstitial emphysema (inter-lobular, extra-vesicu- lar, extra-alveolar) occurs from ruiDture of the walls of the air-cells as in the expiratory efforts of violent coughing, in whooj)ing-cougli for example, also from parturient efforts, blows, falls, and wounds of the lungs from various causes. Or it may occur in connection with soften ino- and breaking down of tubercle. The 48 PHYSICAL DIAGNOSIS. air escapes into the connective tissue of the lungs be- tween the lobules and under the pleurae. Sometimes it passes through the posterior mediastinum into the subcutaneous tissues of the neck, face, and sides, where it crepitates under the hand during palpation. It is impossible to make a diagnosis unless the air reaches the subcutaneous tissue, and in no case is there any special treatment for it. The escaped air soon becomes absorbed. Vesicular (alveolar) emphysema consists of two vari- eties: (1) vicarious emphysema, and (2) general em- physema. Vicarious (compensating) emphysema affects one lung or part of a lung from over work due to crippling of the other lung or part of lung. In old pleurisy, for instance, where extensive effusion or adhesions renders the affected side almost immovable, the other lung be- comes vicariously emxohysematous from over work. In lobular j)neumonia or collapse of some air-cells, other air-cells near by may become emphysematous in the same way. Even in acute lobar pneumonia the un- affected lobes of the same side may become temj^orarily or acutely emphysematous to a certain extent. In pul- monary consumption also, crijDpling of certain areas of lung tissue may give rise to slight emphysema of others; not marked, however, as respiration in con- sum]3tion is usually shallow and rapid, and the volume of blood much diminished. All vicarious emphysema is evidently brought about by excessive inspiration. There is no obstruction to expiration necessarily, and the patient endeavors to inhale as much air as if both lungs were intact. Hence insijiration is overdone, with EMPHYSEMA. 49 consequent abnormal distention of the remaining vesi- cles, and the resulting vicarious emphysema vrill be acute or chronic according to the condition that gives rise to it. General (substantive) emphysema is also of tvro vari- eties: (1) small-lunged and (2) large-lunged emphysema. Small-lunged emphysema (atrophous, phthisical, se- nile) is usually found among those well advanced in years and it may or may not follow the large lunged variety. The volume of the lungs has become much reduced owing to atroj^hy of the intercellular tissue, though the air-cells have become larger, in many cases, by coalescence. It is simply a condition mostly be- longing to old age. General large-lunged (hypertrophous) vesicular em- physema remains for consideration. It is a very seri- ous disease and occurs in men more frequently than in women, the former being more exposed to the causes ; and in northern, cold, changeable climates more fre- quently than in warm regions of a uniform temjoera- ture, owing, perhaps, to the greater prevalence of bron- chitis and asthma in the former. O^Aing to the length of time required to produce the disease, it is rarely seen before thirty years or middle life. Fat people appear to be more predisposed to it than the thin. Heredity undoubtedly plays an important part among predisposing causes. The disease is usually brought about in one of four ways : (1) by obstructed forcible expiration, (2) forced inspiration, (3) deformity of the chest, and lastly (4) by inherited predisposition. (1) Obstructed forcible expiratory effort is by far the most frequent cause. For this reason it is found among . 50 PHYSICAL DIAGNOSIS. laborers who are engaged habitually in heary lifting or straining. In this act the glottis is closed and the abdominal muscles are contracted upon the intestines with great power, which forces the diaphragm wp and compresses the air into the upper lobes of the lungs, so that in such cases the upper lobes are chiefly affected, particularly, according to Flint, the left. In the same way players on wind instruments and persons affected with chronic bronchitis, especially the dry bronchitis associated with gout, in which violent fits of coughing habitually occur, may have the disease. The act of coughing simply consists of more or less sudden and violent expiratory efforts with the glottis closed. Chil- dren not infrequently have more or less temporary em- physema from whooping-cough. (2) In some cases the disease is caused by forced inspiration. Here a chronic bronchitis ' extending to the smaller tubes precedes the emphysema instead of being developed afterward. Inspiration being more forcible than expiration, as far as the air-cells are con- cerned, the air passes in by the obstruction of viscid mucus more easily than it passes out, so that it accu- mulates in the air-cells and distends them. In these cases we find the lower portion of the thorax enlarged sometimes, as well as the upper. (3) According to Freund, in some oases the character- istic deformity (barrel shape) of the chest in large- lunged emphysema occurs first, the luhgs afterward becoming distended so as to fill up the vacuum. Such cases, however common in Germany, are very rare in America, if indeed they ever occur. In some cases of deformity of the chest, due to rickets, for instance, or EMPHYSEMA. 51 curvature of the spine from some cause, a local em- physema may occur, one lung or jjart of a lung becom- ing distended to fill out one side or portion of the thoracic cavity enlarged by bulging. (4) Lastly, in certain instances the disease may occur without any mechanical or other known cause, but is simply due to inherited predisposition. This consists in an inherent weakness of the cell walls, perhaps from defective innervation and nutrition, and they yield, in the ordinary avocations of life, without any abnormal force ajDplied. The dyspncea and abnormal state of the heart that necessarily accompany marked cases of this disease re- quire brief notice. There are three factors in the production of the dysp- noea: (1) rigid dilatation of the thorax, (2) loss of ca- pillary area in the lungs, and (3) crippling of the dia- phragm. The lung tissue has lost its resiliency and the costal cartilages have become permanently elevated, everted, and hardened, the spaces between them being widened. They have lost their elastic recoil, so that the chest is in a state of rigid dilatation. For this reason air is not expelled properly, and impure air, therefore, accumulates in the lungs causing dyspnoea. In the sec- ond place, many capillary blood-vessels in the lungs be- come obliterated by over stretching. Indeed many of the alveolar septa, on which clusters of these capillaries hang, undergo wasting and perforation, and finally dis- appear. From loss of capillary area the blood is brought in less quantity in contact with the air in the cells, impure as it is. This second factor is, therefore, a potent one for the production of dyspnoea. More- 52 PHYSICAL DIAGNOSIS. over as the blood now has fewer channels left for it in which to pass through the lungs, the right ventricle of the heart has more work thrown back on it and hence becomes enlarged (dilated and hypertrophied). As the disease progresses, should relative insufficiency of the tricuspid valves ensue, jugular pulsation and cardiac dropsy may occur. Lastly, the crippling of the dia- phragm is probably the most important factor in the production of -dyspnoea. The volume of the lungs being increased sometimes enormously, the diaphragm is permanently pushed down, as is also the heart. Owing to more or less gastro-intestinal catarrh from passive hypersemia due to obstruction to the venous circulation, there is always more or less dyspepsia with wind in the stomach. The diaphragm, the most impor- tant muscle of respiration a man possesses, is thus put between two splints. From want of use it becomes atrophied. The physical signs of general large-lunged (hyper- trophous) emphysema are as follows : Inspection. — The countenance may be more or less dusky or cyanotic in proportion to the extent and progress of the disease. In the later stages jugular pulsation, due to tricuspid insufficiency, may be ob- served at the root of the neck on the patient's right side (see Jugular Pulsation). As obstructed forcible expiratory effort is the most frequent cause, so the upper intercostal spaces are usually seen to be widened owing to the fixed elevation and eversion of the upper costal cartilages and ribs, like the elevated slats of a shutter. The upper part of the sternum is prominent, bulging forward, so as to increase the antero-posterior, EMPHYSEMA. 58 or sterno-vertebral diameter. The shoulders are ele- vated and brought forward owing to habitual dyspnoea, and the spinal column is more or less anteriorly curved. The whole makes up the so-called barrel-shaped chest. Where the disease has been caused by forced inspira- tion, the lower portion of the thorax is also enlarged with widening of the lower intercostal spaces also. Epigastric pulsation, due to enlarged and lowered right ventricle, is usually noticeable. The apex-beat is generally carried downward and outward, but fre- quently cannot be found, being buried under lung tis- sue. During forced respiration the thorax moves up and down more or less like a fixed case, instead of ex- panding and contracting as in health. During the effort of deep inspiration the cupra-clavicular spaces may be drawn in, the lungs not expanding any more while the thoracic walls are raised up. During violent cough- ing a tumor is sometimes seen to rise up from each of the flattened supra-clavicular fossae. This, according to Niemeyer, is due to the sudden filling up of the si- nuses of the jugular veins during coughing, which im- mediately become empty when the cough ceases. It is more probably due to lung tissue suddenly distended upward during violent coughing. Palpation. — The lungs, owing to distention of the air-cells, become more positive refractors or diffusors of sound than in health. Hence the vocal fremitus is usually diminished, and sometimes even absent. More- over, owing to bronchitis, which is almost invariably present in emphysema, either as a cause of the disease or result of the obstruction to the pulmonary circula- tion, the bronchial tubes may be more or less obstructed 54 PHYSICAL DIAGNOSIS. with mucus, tlius rendering them imperfect conveyors of sound. Rigidity of the chest walls and loss of resili- ency of lung tissue also lessen the vibrations. If the bronchitis gives rise to such complications as peri-bronchial thickening, with spots and threads of interstitial induration, the fremitus will be increased over corresponding localities, on account of the more homogenous and better conaucting medium for the voice sound (see Solidified Lung Tissue). Epigastric rjulsation is usually felt, and sometimes the apex-beat of the heart displaced down and out. According to some authors it is carried inward toward the epigastrium, but it is difficult to see how it could get there unless the heart be raised up. The cardiac pulsations, and consequently the radial pulse, are often intermittent in this disease, owing perhaps to the ex- tra Avork thrown on the heart, so that it has to rest every now and then. Dyspepsia, due to gastric venous congestion, and acting refiexly along the pneumogas- tric nerve, may also cause it. Percussion. — Resonance is exaggerated on percus- sion, especially over the upper lobes in front and par- ticularly on the patient's left side. Flint terms this resonance vesiculo-tympanitic. That is to say it is neither purely vesicular nor tympanitic, but a mixture of the two. Biermer, of Zurich, Switzerland, calls it band-box resonance. This is especially the case over the lower posterior and left lateral regions. The pitch of the percussion note in this disease is, according to some authors high, while others maintain that it is low. The truth is the pitch varies in different cases accord- ing to the tension of the walls and the volume of air EMPHYSEMA. 55 contained. If the walls are tense without much in- crease in volume of air the pitch will be high. If vol- ume is greater in proportion to tension the pitch will be low. But the quality ^vill be the same in all cases. Variations in pitch, while the quality is the same, may be simply illustrated in a number of ways. The bass Fig. 11. — General Hypertrophous Vesicular Emphysema. drum, for instance, yields a lower-pitched tympanicity • than the snare drum, yet the quality of tympanicity is the same for both. Drums of the same size with equal tension elicit t^anpanicity on percussion and the pitch of the note will be the same for all. But if the tension varies the pitch ^vill differ accordingly, greater tension producing higher pitch than if the tension be dimin- ished. The same drum will give a higher or lower 56 PHYSICAL DIAGNOSIS. pitched note on percussion, according as the head is tightened or loosened. The quality of the note in every case, however, will be tympanitic. The superficial area of cardiac dullness is diminished or may be absent altogether, only deep dullness on forcible percussion remaining. In certain cases of atrophous emphysema in advanced life, with hardened costal cartilages and peri-bronchial thickening from long-continued bronchitis, the per- cussion note in some places may be dull or even wooden in character, especially if the percussion be gentle. Auscultation. — The lungs being more positive refrac- tors of sound even than in health the respirator}^ mur- mur will be weakened, and if the bronchial tubes are, in addition, obstructed by mucus, owing to the bronchi- tis usually present, the respiratory murmur may be absent. Not unfrequently it is obscured by bronchial rales of various kinds. When the murmur is audible the inspiration is somewhat shorter than in health by being deferred, that is, the first part of inspiration is not heard, being too feeble. It is somewhat lowered in pitch usually and is continuous with expiration, which is often prolonged, not so much from obstruction as from the weakening of the expiratory forces. The diaphragm is permanently depressed, the pulmonary tissue has lost its resiliency and the costal cartilages their elastic recoil. These expiratory forces have be- come so weakened, therefore, that expiration has to be performed chiefly by contraction of the muscular coats of the bronchial tubes, which are non-striated or invol- untary muscular tissue, and have become more or less hypertrophied. Consequently expiration is prolonged, EMPHYSEMA. 57 but otherwise it is relatively the same as in health, being lower in pitch than inspiration and blowing in quality. Should spasm of the tubes exist due to asthma, with which the disease is frequently associated, the expiration will be about four times longer than in- spiration, otherwise it will not be so much prolonged. Owing to the distended condition of the lungs the heart sounds are usually muffled and feeble. But on ac- count of hypertrophy of the right ventricle the second sound of the heart may sometimes be heard more dis- tinctly (accentuated) over the pulmonary than the aor- tic inter-space. As dilatation of the ventricle progres- ses, however, the accentuation becomes less. Should tricusiDid insufficiency occur, the corresponding murmur may be heard over the ensif orm cartilage (see Tricuspid Regurgitation). Bronchial rales of various kinds, as already stated, may be present in varying quantity. Pectorophony (vocal resonance) is diminished, as a rule, for the same reasons that the fremitus is less. When the vocal resonance and fremitus are increased or vary, it is due to some complication, as stated when speaking of palpation. Differential Diagnosis. — Pneumothorax, or air in the pleural cavity, is the only disease that might be mistaken for emphysema, but even here a careful at- tention to the physical signs and history of the case renders the diagnosis usually easy. General vesicular emphysema affects both lungs, whereas pneumothorax is nearly always unilateral. Emphysema is developed gradually, pneumothorax comes on suddenly. In the latter disease exaggerated respiratory movements are 58 PHYSICAL DIAGNOSIS. observed on the nnaflected side, while these movements on the affected side are diminished or almost entirely absent, with more or less bulging on that side. In gen- eral emphysema there are the barrel-shaped deformity of the chest, ^vith the thoracic walls moving up and do^vn as a solid case during respiration. In general emphysema the heart is displaced downward and usu- ally outward, with epigastric pulsation due to the low- ered and enlarged right ventricle. In pneumothorax the heart is dis]Dlaced laterally, as a rule, and in a direction opposite to the pressure. Percussion yields tympanicity over pneumothorax, whereas the resonance is only exaggerated (vesiculo-tympanitic, band-box) and distril)uted over both sides of the chest in general emphysema. On auscultation the respiratory murmur is changed in rhythm in emphysema, and weakened, but in pneumothorax it is usually absent over the affected part. Pneumothorax from any cause is always an acute affection, coming on suddenly and lasting only a few hours or days. Effusion then takes place giving rise to pneumo-hydrothorax (or pneumo-pyothorax), to be detected by the siolashing sound heard on succussion. Emphysema is more slowly developed, is usually chronic, and for these and the other physical signs already mentioned, vicarious emphysema, affecting one side, is readily distinguished from pneumothorax. Pleurisy, pneumonia, and hydrothorax, although caus- ing dyspnoea, also yield dullness on percussion and other physical signs altogether different from those ot emphysema. In phthisis there is also dyspnoea, but the signs of consolidation of lung tissue are entirely different from those of emphysema. ATELECTASIS. 59 ATELECTASIS. Atelectasis (apneiimatosis, iDulmonaiy collapse) is a disease characterized by collapse or imperfect dilatation of tlie pulmonary vesicles, and is the very opposite condition to emphysema. It is usually situated at the periphery and not the interior of the lungs, but otherwise the site and extent of area diifer according to the cause in each particular case. Atelectasis may be congenital or acquired. In the first place the foetal lungs are in a physiological state of atelectasis, but this disappears as soon as the child is born and breathes freely, all the conditions being favorable. Anything, therefore, that interferes with the respiration of the child at birth may cause more or less congenital atelectasis. Among these causes may be mentioned premature birth, in which case there is not only weakness of the muscles of res- piration, but also a want of irritability of the respira- tory centre. Accidental plugging of the respiratory tract with mucus, binding the newly born child too tightly, so that the movements of the diaphragm are interfered with, and prolonged and complicated labor, including accidents to the cord, may give rise to con- genital atelectasis. Acquired atelectasis may be due to (1) obstruction, (2) compression, or it may be (3) marasmic. 1. Atelectasis due to obstruction is sometimes the result of capillary bronchitis occurring in weak infants. The calibre of the tubes is diminished by the swollen mucous membrane and becomes obstructed by the se- cretion of fluid due to inflammation. Owing to weak- 60 PHYSICAL DIAGNOSIS. ness of the inspiratory muscles of such weak infants the obstruction is not overcome by inspiration, and the air already in the cells becomes absorbed, the oxygen first, and then the carbonic acid. Collapse of the cells results. But where the child is strong enough, or among adults, emphysema results instead of atelectasis, as inspiration would then be strong enough to over- come obstruction, but the air could not escape — expira- tion being weaker than inspiration with regard to the air- cells. In these cases atelectasis is found on both sides over the lower and posterior parts of the lungs, and extending usually in a narrow space up by the sides of the spinal column, disapj)earing toward the apices. Other causes of obstruction may be blood clots, fibrinous exudations, bronchial stricture, and pressure on a tube by enlarged lymphatics or other tumors. The atelectasis would then occur in areas correspond- ing to the distribution of the compressed tubes. 2. Atelectasis may be due to compression of the perix^hery of the lungs, as in pleurisy or jjericarditis with effusion, enlargement of the heart, aneurismal or other tumors, hydrothorax, and deformities. Here the site of the atelectasis will, of course, depend on the cause in each case. 3. Finally, we may have what Eichhorst terms maras- mic atelectasis. Whatever diminishes the irritability of the respiratory centre, and weakens the muscles of respiration will contribute to the atelectatic state. Hence we sometimes find it in typhoid or other i^ro- longed and wasting fevers, paralysis, and brain affec- tions. In such cases the position of the body should not be allowed to remain unchanged during too great ATELECTASIS. 61 a length of time. Otherwise certain parts of pulmo- nary tissue, from want of respiratory movement, become more or less devoid of air, which has beccune partly or wholly absorbed, leaving atelectasis. The most de- pendent portion of the lungs are the most frequently affected in marasmic atelectasis. Physical Signs. — In congenital atelectasis, inspec- tion usually shows retraction of the epigastrium and sinking in of the intercostal spaces on inspiration. This is owing to the fact that the lungs fail to expand sufficiently to fill up the thoracic cavity during inspira- tion, and hence the yielding j)ortions of the chest walls are sucked in by that act. The breathing is rapid and shallow, wdth the interval between inspiration and ex- piration instead of between expiration and inspiration as it is in health. Palpation shows no increase of vocal fremitus as a rule, the collapsed air-cells still acting as a refractive medium of sound, thus differing from solidification due to inflammation or compression, when it conducts sound with corresponding increase of vocal fremitus. On gentle percussion there is some dullness, not as much as in solidification. If atelectasis be ex- tensive, slight tjTnpanicity from bronchial tubes may result. On auscultation the respiratory murmur is weakened or suppressed instead of being bronchial, as would be the case in solidification from inflammation or comxDression. This is also due to the fact that the collapsed cells refract sound instead of conducting it. Hence also, pectorophony (vocal resonance) is also diminished or w^eakened. Occasionally, according to Walshe, there is a little dry rhonchus, probably due to coincident bronchitis. 62 PHYSICAL DIAGNOSIS. In acquired atelectasis the physical signs depend upon the cause. In obstruction and niarasmic atelec- tasis various rales may usually be heard, in addition to the signs already mentioned, owing to the bronchitis present. Obstructions would also be an additional cause for weakened or diminished pectorophony, frem- itus, and respiratory murmur. But in compression atelectasis, the physical signs are more like those of solidified lung tissue, in which the part affected be- comes a conductor instead of a refractor of sound (see Physical Signs of Lobar Pneumonia). Pal]3ation, ac- cordingly, shows increased vocal fremitus over the com- pressed lung, dullness on percussion, and bronchial breathing with bronchophony on auscultation. The physical signs of the cause of the compression, as aneurism, pleurisy, and the like, will also be present. Differential Diagnosis. — Pneumonia is attended with fever, atelectasis is not. Retraction of the epigas- trium and intercostal spaces during inspiration is more noticeable in atelectasis than in pneumonia. The bron- chial breathing and bronchophony of pneumonia are not observed in any but compression atelectasis, and then the cause of the compression will be apparent. The dullness on percussion in all but compression ate lectasis is usually slight and symmetrical. In lobar pneumonia it is unilateral, and in lobular pneumonia a spot of dullness on one side does not necessarily, or usually, have its exact counterpart on the opposite side, as Loomis truly states. According to Grailey Hewitt, extensive deposit of miliary tubercle may be mistaken for atelectasis, but the former is accompanied by fever and emaciation, and perhaps the parents of PULMONARY COXGESTIOX. 63 the child have a tuberculous hisLory. In hemorrhagic infarction the etiology differs, and besides the percus- sion dullness, and rales, there is bloody expectoration. Compression atelectasis might be mistaken for one of its causes, i^leurisy with effusion. But the effusion occurs at the bottom of the thorax, the compression of lung above. Over the effusion there is a well-marked line of dullness (or flatness) with diminution or absence of the respiratory murmur, vocal fremitus and reso- nance, and these signs often change with X30sition of the patient. Over the compressed lung the fremitus and resonance would be increased, as the compressed lung would be a better conductor of sound than in health. The breathing, instead of being absent, would be bronchial. To set all doubt at rest, exploratory puncture with the hypodermic syringe may be resorted to. In all cases of compression atelectasis, the cause should be ascertained, if possible. PULMONARY CONGESTION AND (EDEMA. Pulmonary hypersemia (or congestion) is character- ized by excess of blood in the lungs and may be (1) active, (2) ]3assive, or (3) hypostatic. 1. Active hypergemia (congestion, affiuxion, or flux- ion) of the lungs, may affect any part of the lungs. It may be caused by direct irritation of lung tissue either from the action of cold or inhalation of irritants, or anything that will cause inflammation. Or it may be due to excessive heart's action from any cause like hy- pertrophy, emotion, stimulants, or violent effort. It occurs also as a collateral fluxion, some capillaries be- ing over-distended, due to obstruction in others, as seen 64 PHYSICAL DIAGNOSIS. in the immediate vicinity of inflammatory foci, in pneu- monia for instance. It may also be caused by rarefac- tion of air in the lungs, as occurs in croup on account of violent efforts at inspiration with the glottis obstructed. 2. Passive hyperaemia is caused by mitral obstruc- tion or regurgitation. In the former the blood is pre- vented from escaping from the lungs properly, and in the latter it is forced back upon the lungs. In either case the pulmonary capillaries are over-filled. This is usually described as mechanical or obstructive hyper- semia, but as it is also passive there is no necessity for a separate description of it. This form of congestion often leads to brown induration of the lungs (cardiac pneumonia so-called). Enfeebled heart's action, as oc- curs in typhoid fever, puerperal fever, pyaemia, and in certain centric nervous diseases favors the occurrence of passive hypersemia, becaase the left heart having more work to do than the right, fails to empty the pul- monary capillaries as rapidly as they are filled. Hence they become congested. 3. Hypostatic hypersemia (congestion) is also a pas- sive congestion due to enfeebled heart, but has an addi- tional cause for its production, and that is the retention of the body in one position for a long time, as may occur in typhoid fever, jDaralysis, and fractures, especially among the aged, requiring them to remain in one posi- tion for a long time. Hypostatic congestion is so named because it is a stasis of the under part, or a congestion affecting the most depending parts, and hence is usu- ally found posteriorly in both lower lobes. Hence the necessity for changing the position of such patients oc- casionally. PULMONARY CONGESTIOX. 65 The physical signs of piilmonaiy congestion are simi- lar to those seen in the first stage of lobar pneumonia, before any exudation has taken place. Inspecfioii. — Dyspnoea will nsually bo observed, and it will be marked in proportion to the amount of con- gestion. In certain cases of hypostatic congestion, however, owing to want of irritability in the respiratory centre, as may occur in the course of protracted illness of a tj^hoid character, dyspnoea may not be present to noticeable degree. In both passive and hypostatic congestion there may be more or less cyanosis. The sitting, rather than recumbent posture, is usually pre- ferred by the patient. Palpation. — The vocal fremitus is usually normal or even diminished, as the air-cells are in a slightly em- physematous condition, owing to tumefaction of mucous membrane and diminution in calibre of the entrances into the air passages, or termini 'of the bronchioles. For this reason air enters somewhat more freely than it escapes, as similarly occtirs in asthma. The lungs, therefore, being equally as good, or better refractors of sound than in health, the fi-emitus, as already said, will in some cases be diminished. Percussion. — As might be expected from the slightly emphysematous condition of the affected jxirt, the per- cussion resonance may be exaggerated. Tery often. however, it is normal. Tymiianicity is si3oken of by some authors, but it is rare. That quality of percussion sound might be obtained in case of very thin chest walls and marked tension of the pulmonary tissue. Should cracked-pot resonance l^e obtained it would have no connection with the condition of the luns's. 66 PHYSICAL DIAGNOSIS. but would be due to concussion of air in the bronchi, :as sometimes occurs in children in health and others with thin and yielding chest walls, or to concussion of air in the naso-pharynx. Auscultation. — The respiratory murmur may be weakened for obvious reasons, or it may be normal, de- pending on the amount of obstruction at the entrance into the air-cells. Expiration may be slightly prolonged as in asthma. Pectorophony (vocal resonance) would be normal or diminished like the fremitus. The only adventitious sound that would be due to the conges- tion, would be a very fine sibilant rale heard on exj)ira- tion, and this may be absent. Any other adventitious sound would indicate complication, such as oedema, or the occurrence of inflammatory exudation, both of which would give rise to the crepitant rale heard at the end of insj)iration. Differential Diagnosis. — This, according to Walshe, is based on the association of sudden dyspnoea and general anxiety with the positive and negative phys- ical signs just enumerated, slightly increased circular measurement of the chest, due to moderate distention of air-cells, exaggerated percussion resonance, and the absence of signs of pleurisy and pneumonia. PULMONARY CEDEMA. Pulmonary oedema, or drojjsy of the lungs, occurs Avhen the pulmonary vesicles become the seat of a serous transudation. In some cases the fluid extends into the smaller bronchi, and in others the interstitial tissue may become inhltrated. As a result of the last condition splenization (Loomis) of the lung occurs. PULMONARY (EDEMA. 67 Usually the transuded fluid is colorless, but sometimes it is rose colored from being tinged with blood. Pul- monary oedema is not a primary disease, bat is always secondary to, and symptomatic of, some other condi- tion, congestion from some cause as already described, or general dropsy. In the latter case a transudation of the watery parts of the blood takes place, not from the pressure of hypersemia (congestion), but from the mor- bidly increased permeability of the blood-vessels. The location of the osdema will be influenced by the cause in each case. It may be confined to a small spot at any j)art of one lung, or it may extend over a lobe or entire lung, or even both lungs. Usually, however, it "is found low down posteriorly on both sides, as the causes which place it there are most fre- quent — passive and hypostatic congestion — and also because it is more readily discovered there than in other localities. It may evidently occur in both sexes at all ages. Iiis'pection^ as in congestion, shows more or less dyspnoea, according to the extent of the oedema. The dyspnoea is more urgent than in congestion for the same amount of lung tissue involved. Cyanosis may be observed in some cases. The patient usually prefers the sitting posture. Palpation. — The fremitus is usually unchanged, as the air-cells still contain some air and may be even weakened as in congestion. According to Walshe, however, in well-marked cases the fremitus may be ■ slightly increased. Percussion yields more or less dullness as a rule. Before the oedema is well marked the air-cells mav be 68 PHYSICAL DIAGNOSIS. slightly more distended with air than before, as in con- gestion. For this reason the percussion note may be exaggerated. But as the cells become more filled with fluid and contain less air, the percussion note becomes duller. Tympanicity and cracked-pot resonance are among the possibilities here as elsewhere. Auscultation. — The respiratory murmur and pecto- rophony (vocal resonance) are either normal or weak- ened, as in congestion, or else increased in intensity in well-marked cases. During inspiration, loud, liquid, crepitant rales are heard over the sixe of the oedema, and this is the chief physical sign. They are bubbling rales made in the air-cells and are not intrapleural. In some cases, sub-crepitant rales are also heard. Differential Diagnosis. — The chief points of differ- ence between the physical signs of congestion and oedema of the lungs are that in oedema, slight dullness on percussion and loud liquid crepitant rales on auscul- tation are obtained. In congestion the percussion reso- nance is exaggerated and there are no rales until oedema or exudation occurs. In the latter case the crepitant rale is much finer and not so liquid as in oedema. From hydrothorax oedema is distinguished by the fact that the line of dullness in hydrothorax usually changes with position of the patient. The dullness in hydrothorax is also much more marked and may even be flat, and crepitant rales will not be heard over the seat of the transudation. In capillary bronchitis there is more or less fever and the sputa are different, being more tenacious and scant than in oedema. Moreover in capillary bronchitis the percussion resonance is ex- aggerated instead of dull. CHAPTER III. Diseases in which the breath ana voice sounds are conducted to the chest walls with consequent increased vocal fremitus, respiratory murmur and pectorophony. — Bronchial breath- ing and bronchophony. — Solidified lung tissue. Pi^EUMOXiA, or pneumonitis, signifies inflammation of lung tissue, and consists of three varieties according to the pathological condition: (1) lobar, (2) lobular, and (3) inter-lobular, pneumonia. Each of these varieties is also known by other names, as ^vill be seen. Hypo- static pneumonia, so-called, may be either lobar or lobular (see Hypostatic Congestion of the Lungs). LOBAR PNEUMONIA. Lobar pneumonia, so named from the fact that this variety of the disease usually affects a whole lobe, or even more, may be primary or secondary. It is com- monly an acute disease, although in somewhat rare cases it may become subacute or even chronic. It is characterized by inflammation of the mucous mem- brane lining the air-cells, and this inflammation in some cases may even extend up into the bronchioles, the reverse process of what occurs in lobular pneu- monia. From the character of the exudation it is some- times called croupous pneumonia, a term first applied by Rokitansky. According to Yirchow and others, however, this term should only be applied to those 70 PHYSICAL DIAGNOSIS. cases that result from laryngeal croup, and in other cases, the exudation being fibrinous, it should be called fibrinous pneumonia. On the other hand, Hoffmann, Flint, and some French authors, regard neither as cor- rect, and suggest pneumonic fever as the true definition. The disease is known among the laity in New England, and other parts of the United States, as lung fever. Again, owing to its affecting the parenchyma, or secre- ting structure of the lung, it is sometimes called paren- chymatous pneumonia, although this is true also of lobular pneumonia. Acute primary lobar (croupous, croupal, fibrinous, exudative, parenchymatous) pneumonia, jperipneumo- nia or pneumonic (lung) fever, is said by some to be an infectious disease or sjDecific fever, of which the lung afl'ection is only a local manifestation. By others it is x3laimed to be a local inflammation with resulting symp- tomatic fever. It is also yet a matter of dispute as to why it usually affects the lower lobe of the right lung. Advocates of the infectious theory say that the right primary bronchus being larger than the left, pneumo- cocci are drawn into the right lung in greater abun- dance than into the left, and naturally drift downward toward the most depending portions. The order of frequency with which the different lobes are attacked is as follows: lower lobe of right lung, lower lobe of left lung, middle lobe of right lung, upper lobe of right lung, upper lobe of left lung. Or it may extend from one lobe to another on the same side, or it may attack two lobes on different sides. In the latter case it is said to be double pneumonia. In cases where an upper lobe is primarily attacked, it usually LOBAE PIN^EUMONIA. 71 occurs among the aged or those addicted to intemper- ance, especially just after or during a debauch, pneu- monia potatorum (Huss). Exposure incident to the intoxicated state, added to the debilitated condition caused by hard drinking, may in some measure account for it. The disease affects both sexes at all ages, but men more frequently than women, owing chiefly to differ- ence in habits, occupation and mode of life. In more than three thousand cases collected by Barry, nearly five times more men than women were affected. The .proportion is usually estimated at about three to one.. According to Schramm this proportion is reversed in old age. However this may be, it appears that the dif- ference is not so marked at those ages when the sexes live under similar conditions. In regard to age, according to Grisolle, Wilson Fox and others, although lobular j)neumonia, when it does occur, is found chiefly among children and old people, yet these two classes are subject also to lobar pneumo- nia as well. Lobar pneumonia is, according to the same authors, very frequent in infancy, especially during the first two years of life, less common between infancy and twenty years of age, quite frequent from twenty to forty, less so from forty to sixty, and very frequent after sixty years of age. According to Loomis, nine-tenths of all deaths after the sixty-fifth year are caused by lobar pneumonia. Lowering vitality from any cause, such as improper and insufficient food, exhaustion from overwork, intemperance, or previous illness, and living in ill-ventilated and damp axoartments, predisposes to 72 PHYSICAL DIAGNOSIS. it. One attack also predisposes to a second or more, although subsequent attacks are generally not so severe as the first. Cardiac diseases that obstruct the pulmonary circu- lation favor an attack. The disease is more common in variable climates than in those of uniform tempera- ture, and hence is not met with in the tropical or polar but in the temperate regions, and hence also it is more prevalent at certain seasons of the year. Epidemic influenza appears to exert an influence in the produc- tion of pneumonia. Exposure to wet and draughts of cold appears to act as an exciting cause in some cases. Inhalation of chemical irritants, injuries, and foreign bodies in the air passages, may also act as exciting causes in a small proportion of cases. Tilten found that in 320 cases, only 4.5 per cent, were connected with traumatism. Secondary lobar pneumonia occurs as an intercurrent affection in the course of some exhausting disease, as chronic malaria, Bright's disease of the kidneys, dia- betes melitus, and also in such diseases as measles, scarlet fever, small-pox, erysipelas, typhoid and typhus fever, rheumatism and pyaemia. Hypostatic pneumonia, when it occurs, succeeds hy- postatic congestion, which is a passive congestion tak- ing place in the most dependent portions of the lungs, and hence is frequently bilateral. It may be lobar or lobular (see Congestion of the Lungs). It is due to im- perfect cardiac function from valvular lesion, or cardiac enfeeblement from some cause, and hence is seen in the aged and infirm, or in the course of typhoid fever or LOHAK PNEUMONIA. 73 other exhausting disease with the body in one position for too great a length of time. It may also follow ex- cessive loss of blood from injuries, parturition and the like. On the other hand, jjneumonia rarely affects the lungs in emphysema, probably on acount of loss of capillary area with diminished circulation of blood in the lungs in that disease. Stages of Lobar Pneumonia. — It is usually divided into three stages, not counting incubation, which, ac- cording to different authors, varies from a few hours to two or three weeks. The first stage, or that of congestion, varies usually from a few hours to twenty-four hours. The second stage, or that of red hepatization or solidification, lasts in ordinary cases about four or five days, so that the crisis, as indicated by the sudden fall in temperature, occurs from the fifth to the eighth day. The third and last stage is that of gray heiDatization or resolution, and lasts about eight days, so that by the end of the second week from the commencement of the disease, the patient, in ordinarily favorable cases, is rapidly con- valescent. The duration of the different stages, how- ever, is subject to many variations. The physical signs usually become apparent within twenty-four to forty- eight hours from the first symptoms of the attack, but, according to Wilson Fox, they may be delayed three or four days, showing that the pneumonia was proba- bly central at first. If it remain central no marked physical signs may be observed at all, but such cases must be very rare. The physical signs of the different stages are usually as follows : 74 PHYSICAL DIAGNOSIS. Inspection. First Stage.-^TimAxmXion of respira- tory movements on the affected side, and exaggerated respiration on the unaffected side. Also marked ab- dominal breathing if there be no diaphragmatic pleu- risy and the diaphragm be left free. Pain in the side is usually present, and, if severe, the respiration will be jerking, the patient favoring the affected side on each inspiration. The respiratory movements are in- creased in frequency. The apex-beat of the heart, if noticed at all, will be in its normal position unless dis- placed by some complication. The cheeks are usually red, sometimes only one, and that on the affected side, which is simply a coincidence. The patient may lie on the affected side at first, so as to restrain the move- ments of that side if the pain is severe, as well as to allow free motion on the unaffected side. Afterward the dorsal decubitus, or half -sitting posture, is usually preferred. Palpatiov. First Stage. — The vocal fremitus is nor- mal or even diminished before exudation commences. But soon it becomes exaggerated over the affected lobe, which is rapidly becoming a better conductor and less of a refractor of the voice sound, as the air-cells be- come obliterated. Complications like thickened pleura, or pleurisy with effusion over the site of the pneumonia, obstruction in the bronchi by pressure from some cause, or from plugging with viscid mucus, or diminishing their calibre by the congestion, Avoiild cause the fremi- tus to be diminished or absent. The skin is usually hot and dry, pulse increased in frequency, 80, 100, 120, and the apex-beat of the lieart, if felt, would be in the normal position, unless displaced by complication. PLATE Acute Lobar Pneumonia — Lower Lobe RigKt Lung. First Stage, Congestion. Crepitant Rale. DRAWN BY H.MACDONALO M.D.N.Y. LOBAR PNEUMONIA. 75 Percuss ion. F'irst Stage.— '^\\g\\t dullness is some- times observed early in this stage, but sometimes the resonance may be exaggerated or even tympanitic, and occasionally cracked-pot resonance is noticed (see Tym- panitic Resonance, and Cracked-pot Resonance). Gutt- mann and Eiclihorst account for tympanicity and cracked-pot resonance in this stage and the third by "relaxation of the pulmonary parenchyma, which is filled with fluid containing air, and sometimes to con- cussion of air in the bronchi." According to Walshe, exaggerated resonance is more frequent than slight dullness in this stage. If the disease be central or a small area involved there will be no change in the x^er- cussion note from health. This diminished vocal frem- itus and exaggerated percussion resonance is due to the slightly emphysematous condition of the air-cells as already mentioned, on account of obstruction to the exit of air from the air-cells owing to swelling of mu- cous membrane in the air passages, which, however, is not sufficient to prevent the entrance of air. Auscultation. First Stage. — In the earliest period of engorgement the respiratory murmur may be weak- ened, owing to obstruction due to swelling of the mu- cous membrane. Soon, however, it begins to lose its vesicular quality and becomes vesiculo-bronchial. Over the healthy joortions it may be somewhat exaggerated. Crepitant rales are sometimes, not always, heard over the affected lobe. They are heard at the end of in- spiration, ver}^ rarely on expiration (Walshe), and are fine crackling rales which sound like rubbing a lock of hair between the thumb and fingei' over the ear, or like the crackling of fine salt Avhen thrown upon the fire. 76 PHYSICAL DIAGNOSIS. There are two tlieories as to their mode of production. One is that they are produced in the air-cells by the sep- aration of the agglutinated cell- walls at the end of in- spiration or by viscid exudation and air in the cells, or stretching of the inter- vesicular tissue; and the other is that they are line, dry, pleuritic friction rales, and are only present when the pleura is involved. At the end of inspiration, when the two layers of pleural mem- brane come together, the visceral and parietal, instead of their gliding noiselessly on each other as in health, there is produced an abundance of fine crackling fric- tion rales. Both of these views are still held by differ- ent authors. It is more probable, however, that the old theory is the correct one, that they are produced in the air-cells, however closely they may be imitated by pleuritic rales. They are uniform in size and are not changed by coughing, nor do they disappear until the second stage, reappearing in the third, and hence termed the rale redux. Pectorophony (vocal resonance over the chest), like the fremitus, may be normal or even diminished at first, but soon it usually becomes exaggerated. The chief physical sign in the first stage is the crepi- tant rale, heard at the end of inspiration and over the affected lobe when present, but it is sometimes absent, and very often the disease has passed already into the second stage before the case is seen. Other rales and adventitious sounds may be present, owing to complica- tions Inspection. Second Stage. — This gives a similar result as in the first stage. The respiratory movements are increased in frequency, being shallow and pant- LOBAR PNEUMONIA. 77 ing, more or less restrained on the affected side and in- creased on the other, especially during a full inspira- tion. Diaphragmatic respiration will be prominent unless restricted by pain. Palpation. Second Stage. — The vocal fremitus is usually markedly increased over the solidified lobe. This is owing to the fact that the solidified lung tissue affords an unbroken, homogeneous medium for the conduction of waves of sound, instead of refracting them, and hence they reach the chest walls with much greater force, with consequent increase of fremitus, than in health, where the air-cells act as a powerful re- fracting medium. When, however, a whole lung be- comes solidified, with obstructions of the bronchi, so that the voice sound cannot enter the lung, the vocal fremitus may be diminished or even absent. The same is true if the bronchi be obstructed from any cause, or if the thickened pleura, or pleurisy with effusion, exist on the same side. Percussion. Second Stage. — The note is usually markedly dull in quality over the affected lobe, and consequently the pitch is high, the duration short, and the intensity or amount, in the sense of volume or amplitude, diminished. The percussion resonance is somewhat exaggerated over the healthy lung tissue, especially over the adjoin- ing border of the next lobe. This is due to a tempo- rary vicarious emphysema which varies in different cases. The boundaries of dullness and resonance in pneu- monia do not change with position of the patient. When the whole lower lobe is affected the line of dull- 78 PHYSICAL DIAGISrOSIS. ness in front extends ux)ward and outward along the interlobar fissure. Occasionally the percussion reso- nance over the solidified lobe may be tympanitic, or even cracked-pot, according to Guttmann. In the upjjer lobes, this Skodaic resonance of tympanicity, obtained sometimes while i^ercussing over solidified lung tissue, (or even effusion), is due to proximity to the primitive •bronchi or the trachea, or both. Tympanicity in such cases, however, would be attended with a sense of re- sistance on palpatory j)ercussion, which would not be felt on percussion in the case of pneumothorax, for in- stance. Over the lower lobes Skodaic t3rmj)anicity is often due" to the fact that the force of the jjercussion blow extends to an empty stomach or transverse colon, es- pecially in children, or " relaxed pulmonary paren- chyma near the solidified portion." According to Gutt- mann the cracked-pot resonance, very rarely met with in this stage, is due to sudden expulsion of air from the larger bronchi leading to the affected lobe. It might probably be also due to concussion of air in large bronchi, or the trachea if the seat of the disease be in the upper lobes, and is usually noticed in children or .those with thin and yielding chest walls. Auscultation. Second Stage. — The respiratory mur- mur as heard over the solidified lung tissue is known as bronchial breathing. It • is simply laryngo-tracheal breatliing conveyed along the bronchial tubes to the solidified tissue, and by the latter it is raised in pitch and conducted with considerable force to the chest walls, unmodified by air-cells. It has, therefore, not acquired any vesicular, breezy, or rustling quality, but PLATE II Acute Lobar Pneumonia — Lower Lobe Right Lung. Secqnd Stage, Red Hepatization or Complete Solidification, Vocal Fremitus markedly increased. Bronchial Breathing and Bronchophony. BRAWN BY H.MACOONALD M.D.N.Y. L(^BAR PNEUMONIA. 79 simply remains intensely tubular usually, and high- pitched, both on inspiration and exjiiration. The lat- ter is usually higher pitched than inspiration because of the natural conformation of the larynx. Inspiration is unfinished, so that this form of respiratory murmur is said to be divided, and the interval between inspira- tion and expiration will be marked in proportion to the amount of solidified lung. Inspiration and expiration are, therefore, not continuous, and expiration is as long as inspiration, or even longer. Owing to the shallow, panting respiration in pneumonia, both the inspiratory and expiratory murmurs are, however, rather short. Bronchial breathing may be represented somewhat by the following diagram: Fig. 12.— Bronchial Breathing. Bronchial breathing is more intense than the normal respiratory murmur in the sense of concentrated amount. It sounds something like blo^^dng gently across the mouth of the stethoscope. A close imitation of it may be obtained, as Guttmann aptly suggests, by placing a piece of liver, which resembles hepatized lung- tissue, in a tin or other tube, with a thin membrane over each end, and listening through it to tracheal breathing. Although Dr. Walshe and others describe this murmur as being sometimes blowing in quality, it is always more tubular than bloAving, and the latter de- scription is misleading. It is always tubular, but more 80 PHYSICAL DIAGNOSIS. markedly and distinctly tubular sometimes than at others. Pectorophony (vocal resonance) is greatly increased in intensity in the sense of concentrated amount, not volume; and as the voice usually (not speech) is only heard, it is called bronchophony (bronchial voice). This term was first applied by Laennec, of Paris (about 1820), in contradistinction to his pectoriloquy (chest-speech). The latter is usually low-pitched and refers to the ar- ticulate words often heard over cavities. But some- times, as is well known, we hear the articulate words (bronchiloquy) over consolidation. Should the voice be whispered, as Flint suggested, we should get whispered bronchophony, or whispered bronchiloquy over consoli- dated lung tissue, as the case might be. Bronchophony (or bronchiloquy) is necessarily high- pitched, because the voice sound, in case of consolida- tion, passes from one medium into a denser medium with shorter vibrations and consequently raised pitched. Normal pectorophony (vocal resonance) is a dis- tant, diffused, indistinct, somewhat low-pitched, buz- zing sound. Bronchophony (and bronchiloquy) is just the reverse, being near, concentrated, distinct, and high-pitched. When whispered it is tubular in quality, cavernous whisper being often low-pitched, and blowing. In percussion the low note is more in- tense in the sense of volume, but in bronchophony (and bronchiloquy), which is high-pitched, the intensity is increased in the sense of concentrated amount. Should thickened pleura or effusion intervene, both bronchial breathing and bronchophony may be weak and distant, and the respiratory murmur may even be LOBAR PXEUMONIA. 81 entirely inaudible. So may whispered bronchophony, but if the patient speaks loud enough bronchophony will be heard. It will, however, be distant and weak. Aegophony (goat's voice), according to some authors, is heard in this stage, being due to fluid in bronchi that are surrounded by solid tissue. It is quite rare, being more often heard in pleurisy with effusion (see Pleurisy). The heart sounds may be conducted to the chest walls with markedly increased intensity, especially if the disease be on the left side. Xo rales or other ad- ventitious sounds are heard unless due to complicating bronchitis or other disease. Tldrd Stage. — During this stage of gray hepatization or resolution, in favorable cases, there is a gradual re- turn to the normal physical signs. At first they re- semble those of the second stage, but soon inspection shows a return of the normal respiratory movements of the chest walls. On palpation the vocal fremitus diminishes over the "affected part until it becomes nor- mal, and the marked dullness on percussion gradually yields to normal resonance. Tympanitic and even cracked-pot resonance, as already explained, may, how ever, occur in this stage. On auscultation, bronchial breathing first becomes vesiculo-bronchial, then normal, and bronchophony yields to exaggerated pectorophony (vocal resonance) which subsequently becomes normal. Subcrepitant and crepitant rales — the latter termed the rale redux, or rale that has come back, having disap- peared in the second stage — are usually present until resolution is complete. Abscess and gangrene are rare terminations. In both there are signs of a cavity, with symptoms of general collapse. The former is also at- 82 PHYSICAL DIAGNOSIS. tended with profuse expectoration of pus, tlie latter with foetid prune- juice expectoration. Differential Diagnosis. — In cases of central pneu- monia with healthy peripheral cell tissue the diagnosis may be very difficult. Siich cases are comparatively rare, however, and in addition to the history of the disease the character of the sputa would be of great service. In oedema and hypostatic congestion loud liquid crepitant rales are heard, usually on both sides posteriorly and low down, or wherever the most de- pendent portions haj)pen to be, and the sputa, though blood-stained, are abundant and watery instead of the characteristic rusty colored viscid sputa of pneumonia. These affections, besides being frequently associated Avith some other disease, are also unaccompanied by the chill, pyrexia and pain of pneumonia, and there is slight instead of marked dullness, with absence of bronchial breathing and bronchophony. Lobular pneumonia, inter-lobular pneumonia, and tubercular consumption, besides tumors of various kinds, aneurismal, syphilitic, or carcinomatous, as well as enlargements of the spleen and liver, may give more or less signs of abnormal solidification within the thoracic cavity, but absence of the characteristic sputa of lobar pneumonia, as well as the general symptoms of that disease, with attention to the physical signs as already detailed, will usunl.j- lead to a correct diagnosis. The vocal resonance and fremitus will be diminished or absent, and bronchial breathing and bronchophony will be wanting usually over enlarged liver and spleen. Acute pleurisy with effusion gives different physical signs from pneumonia, and it is by these alone that a PLATE III. Acute Lobar Pneiimonia — Lower Lobe Right Lung. Third Stage, Gray Hepatization or Resolution. Crepitant (Rale Redux) and Subcrepi- tant Rale. OKAWN BY H.MACDONALO M.D.N.Y. LOBAR PNEUMONIA. 83 positive diagnosis can be made. Otherwise it very closely resembles pneumonia in some respects. In pneumonia the solidified lung tissue acts as a conduc- tor, but pleurisy with effusion (and even thickened pleura) acts as an interrupter of sound, as a diaphragm or partition placed between the examiner and the pa- tient's voice sound. Consequently, while in pneumonia the vocal resonance and fremitus are both markedly increased with bronchial breathing and bronchial voice (bronchophony), in pleurisy with effusion the vocal resonance and fremitus will be usually diminished or even absent, as also the respiratory murmur. The line of dullness or flatness in pleurisy increases downward, and, moreover, often changes with position of the pa- tient, but does not in pneumonia. In cases of doubt the hypodermic syringe as an asj)irator would set the matter at rest, but this step is hardly ever necessary. Hemorrhagic infarction may be attended with crepi- tant and subcrepitant rales, but it comes on suddenly and usually in connection with heart disease, and some- times pyaemia. Sudden dyspnoea occurring in these diseases, with a small circumscribed area of dullness surrounded by rales, without notable increase of tem- perature, the expectoration, if any, being usually dark colored, would indicate infarction. Symptoms of ty- phoid and typhus fever, meningitis, and delirium tre- mens, might be the cause of over-looking pneumonia, the real source of the trouble. Hence the necessity of a careful physical examination when such symptoms are observed in children, old people, drunkards, or strangers, whose habits and previous condition are un- known. Secondary and hypostatic pneumonia may 84 PHYSICAL DIAGNOSIS. easily escape detection unless physical examination be carefully resorted to and the patient watched. LOBULAR PNEUMONIA. Lobular pneumonia is the inflammation of the lining membrane of the air-cells of one or more lobules. The difference between this and lobar pneumonia was first pointed out by Barthez and Rilliet in 1838, although its true pathology was not clearly shown until 1844, when Legendre and Bailly first proved it. Until then it was frequently confounded with atelectasis. As it is usu- ally secondary to bronchitis and due to the extension of the latter into the air-cells here and there in spots, it is also called Broncho-Pneumonia, or Catarrhal Pneu- monia. From the fact that it affects infants more fre- quently than it does adults, it is also called by some In- fantile Pneumonia. This does not imply, however, that lobar pneumonia does not also attack infants, for it is more common even among them, according to many authorities, than lobular pneumonia. The latter dis- ease also attacks the aged, so that it is met with during the extremes of life, and among others with enfeebled or crippled heart from some cause. It may occur, how- ever, at any age, and with either sex. It is not infre- quently met with in connection with capillary bron- chitis during the course of such diseases as measles, scarlet fever, diphtheria, small-]30x, and typhoid fever, and it is sometimes secondary to pyaemia. Hypostatic pneumonia occurring in the course of exhausting dis- eases, as already remarked when speaking of lobar pneumonia, is often of the lobular variety, with a ten- dency, however, to spread. From what has been said. LOBULAR I'.XEU.MONIA 85 lobular pneumonia may occur on one side or it may be scattered about over both lungs. The physical signs are ot'len obscure from the nature of the case. They are usually bilateral, init not neces- sarily symmetrical and to the same degree. Inspection usually shows in children panting and shallow respiration, the inspiration being short and ex- piration somewhat prolonged. There are exaggerated movements of the alse nasi. The upper portion of the chest heaves, the lower portion and abdominal walls being sometimes drawn in during inspiration, but the supra-clavicular and intercostal spaces are not drawn in so much as in atelectasis. Cyanosis to a variable de- gree may be observed in cases where the disease ex- tends over a considerable area. Palpation. — Increased vocal fremitus may be de- tected if the consolidation is sufficiently extensive, but otherwise it will be unchanged. Percussion elicits dullness in proportion to the amount of consolidation, and the dullness will be over the seat of the disease, usually posteriorly over the lower lobes. It is not infrequently bilateral, but the dullness is not necessarily obtained over s^mimetrical areas, as usually occurs in atelectasis. Sometimes exag- gerated resonance due to emphysema of cells near by, obscures the dullness, and even tympanicity on j)ercus- sion, as already explained, is sometimes obtained. The percussion should be gentle, and the finger is the best pleximeter in these cases to detect the feeling of resist- ance afforded by solidified lung tissue. Aicscultation.— ln addition, to the bronchial rales due to the co-existing .bronchitis, there may be heard 86 PHYSICAL DIAGNOSIS. broncliial breathing and bronchopliony if there be siifS- cient amount of consolidation. Differential Diagnosis. — The disease, if confined to one or a few small foci, may entirely escape detection. If, however, in the course of capillary bronchitis there is a sudden rise of temperature and increased dyspnoea, it is fair to infer that lobular pneumonia to some extent has occurred, even if the usual physical signs are want- ing. If the disease is extensive, it may be confounded with lobar pneumonia or atelectasis. From the former it is distinguished by the absence of the characteristic physical signs of that disease, extending over a whole lobe on one side, as well as by the history of the case and course of the disease. In atelectasis, due to capil- lary bronchitis, the fremitus is not increased, except in compression, and the dullness is not so pronounced as in lobular pneumonia. If a spot of dullness on one side does not correspond to one on the other side, according to Loomis, it is in favor of lobular pneumonia. Instead of bronchial breathing and bronchophony in atelectasis, due to capillary bronchitis, the respiratory murmur is weakened or inaudible, and vocal resonance, if changed at all, is diminished. Subcrepitant rales are not heard as a rule over collapsed lung in atelectasis, but nearly always in lobular pneumonia. In atelectasis the signs are often temporary and may disappear with change of position or deep inspiration, the cells becoming imme- diately inflated with air again. In pneumonia also the temperature rises, in atelectasis it does not (see Ate- lectasis). Should lobular pneumonia be unresolved and become chronic, it is then a case of catarrhal phthisis (which see). INTERLOBULAR PNEUMONIA. 87 INTERLOBULAR PNEUMONIA. Interlobular Pneumonia, chronic interstitial pneu- monia, or fibroid phthisis, is inflammation of the inter- lobular or interstitial connective tissue of the lungs. Owing to the shrinkage that usually follows, it was termed by Corrigan ciiThosis of the lungs. Other names are sclerosis, scirrhus, and fibroid degeneration of the lungs. The name of fibroid phthisis, by which it is now generally known, does not imply that tubercle is present, although by infection a patient suffering with fibroid phthisis may also become tuberculous. Ac- cording to Niemeyer, interlobular pneumonia is one of the most frequent diseases. Inteiiobidar (interstitial) pneumonia, or fibroid phthi- sis, is usually secondary to some other disease, notably chronic mechanical bronchitis, which sometimes ex- tends into the interlobular tissue, producing peribron- chial thickening and interlobular induration. Although it may attack both sexes at all ages, it is more com- monly found among men at middle life or past, from difference in exposure to the cause and the length of time usually required to produce it. Occurring among coal miners, it is called by Zenker anthrakosis pulmonum. In these cases the affected portion of the lungs becomes black from inhalation of coal dust. From inhalation of iron dust, as among knife giinders, it is called siderosis pulmontim. In other cases where the dust inhaled arises fTom the handling of cotton, grain, or tobacco, for instance, or in such occupations as brush making, carpet or silk weav- OO PHYSICAL DIAGNOSIS. ing, and similar occupations, the disease is generically called by Zenker pneumonokoniosis (!). The seat of the disease is nsually the upper part of the right lung, owing to the fact that the right primi- tive bronchial tube, being larger than the left, and the natural continuation of the trachea, more dust is inhaled into the right side than the left. The disease may also result from extension of chronic pleuritic inflammation, or from a jjrolonged attack of lobar or lobular pneumo- nia, neoplastic growths, and surgical injuries. In these cases the interlobular induration would be situated ac- cording to the locality of the original disease or injury. Finally, according to Walshe, syphilis and alcoholism, if not direct causes, apjpear to favor the development of the disease. An acute suppurative interlobular (interstitial) pneu- monia sometimes, but rarely, occurs. It cannot be distinguished during life from pulmonary abscess. It may occur in spots or it may burrow along the peribronchial tissue, and is then called pneumonia dissecans (Eichhorst). It occurs in exhausted persons, and may result from severe cases of lobar or lobular pneumonia, emj^hysema or injuries. Interlobular pneu- monia (fibroid phthisis) from any cause, almost invari- ably leads to more or less dilatation of bronchial tubes — bronchiectasis. These bronchiectatic cavities, accord- ing to IS'iemeyer, cannot usually be distinguished from cavities due to softening and breaking down of tissue in catarrhal or tubercular consumption. The right ventricle of the heart may become enlarged (dilated and hypertrophied) if there be much obstruc- tion to the pulmonary circulation, with some accentua- INTERLOBULAR PNEUMOlSriA. 89 tion (exaggeration) of the second sound of the heart over the second left (pulmonary) costal interspace near the sternum. If emaciation is marked, however, with corresponding diminution in the volume of blood, these signs will not be so much noticed, as the heart will not be so much over- worked as in large-lunged emphysema, for instance, where there is marked obstruction through- out the lungs with a full volume of blood to be driven through. When the amount of interstitial induration is small or scattered about here and there in spots, the physical signs will not be well marked. But where induration is extensive, as in a typical case, they are well defined and characteristic. Inspection. — There is retraction over the affected part, which is usually the upper region of the thorax on the right side, for reasons already mentioned. The shoulder is usually lowered on the affected side, but not so much as in pleurisy with retraction, and the re- spiratory movements on that side are diminished or even absent, especially if pleuritic adhesions be present also, as is often the case. The unaffected lung and healthy portions of the same lung are more or less enlarged from vicarious emphysema. The apex-beat of the lieart is often displaced, sometimes greatly so. According to Walshe, when the right lung is affected, the apex-beat of the heart may be sometimes found in the right ax- illa. This is due to great shrinkage of the right lung and emphysematous enlargement of the left, and often pleuro-pericardial adhesion adds to it by traction. Should the left lung be affected, the apex of the heart may be found displaced as far as the left axillary line. 90 PHYSICAL DIAGNOSIS. No cardiac murmur necessarily accompanies these dis- placements of the heart, unless one existed before. The shrinkage of the thorax is usually horizontal, with decrease in the antero-posterior as well as other horizon- tal diameters. But it sometimes also settles down, es- pecially the upper part, with decrease of vertical di- ameter. In these cases the apex of the heart, if not otherwise displaced, will be found between the fourth and fifth ribs instead of the fifth and sixth, and the line of hepatic dullness will be unusually high up. The intercostal spaces are sometimes much narrowed. Palpation. — The vocal fremitus is increased over the indurated tissue, unless there be obstruction in the tubes from stricture or other cause, or interruption due to thickened pleura, when it may be diminished or absent. The fremitus, therefore, though increased usu- ally in proportion to the consolidation, may vary for different cases. The apex-beat of the heart may be felt out of its normal position or not, according as the heart is displaced or not. Percussion. — There is usually marked dullness on percussion over the indurated lung and exaggerated resonance over the emphysematous portions. Owing to induration of lung tissue, narrowing of intercostal spaces and hardening of the ribs, the dullness is some- times termed wooden, and there is great feeling of re- sistance to the finger on palpatory percussion, as Piorry first noticed. Hence, as often before remarked, one of the advantages of palpatory percussion over all other methods. Sometimes if there be a large empty bron- chiectatic cavity, tympanitic or cracked-pot resonance may be obtained. IlSrTERLOBULAK PXEUMONIA. 91 Auscultation. — Bronchial breathing and bronchoph- ony will be heard over the consolidated hing unless convection of the sounds of the respiratory murmur and voice by the bronchial tubes into the part be ob- structed by stricture of the bronchi, or plugging of them ^^-ith vicid mucus or other cause. Or else there may be interruption of these sounds from thickened pleura. In either case the respiratory murmur and whispered voice will be weak or suppressed over the corresponding area, but the voice, if uttered loud enough, will surely be heard, though the resulting bronchophony may be distant or weak. Should cavity be present, the signs would indicate it, as described in the third stage of pulmonary consumption, to which the reader is referred. In addition to these, creaking of indurated tissue, and other adventitious sounds, caused by the original disease, may be present. Differential Diagnosis. — After the formation of bronchiectatic cavities it is very difficult to distinguish this disease from true tubercular consumption of the lungs. In fibroid phthisis, however, the patients do not usually have so much fever, they retain more strength, and do not become so rapidly and markedly emaciated. Moreover they do not sufler from the hoarseness and diarrhoea of tubercular disease of the larynx and intestines, as in tubercular consumption. In the latter disease emphysema is not nearly so marked as in fibroid phthisis, especially when chronic bronchi- tis causes the latter disease, as it often gives rise to more or less general emphysema in addition to the compen- sating (vicarious) emphysema. The sputa in fibroid phthisis do not contain the tubercle bacilhis unless the 92 PHY81iration. This, as well as bronchial breathing, therefore, is said to be divided. Expiration is as long as or longer than inspiration, it is as intense, the pitch is as high or higher, and the qual- ity is more tubular. This vesiculo-bronchial murmur Fig. 13.— Vesiculo-bronchial Breathing. was formerly, and is now, by some termed rude, be- cause it is more intense than normal. Others speak of it as harsh or rough breathing, all of which are unde- scriptive of the true characteristics. Either inspiration or expiration or both may be wavy, jerking, cog- wheeled, or interrupted, as one may choose to term it. This variation is thought by some to be due to the sud- den passage of air through some point or points of stricture in the bronchial tubes, due to pressure from tubercles or obstruction from mucus. But it is also found in perfectly healthy lungs among some, for in- stance, who have palpitation of the heart, or are nerv- ous from any cause. It is not at all uncommon among women, men addicted to the abuse of alcohol or to- bacco, the choreic, and other nervous subjects. It is of great importance to remember that the normal vesic- ulo-bronchial breathing is heard in the right subcla- vicular region, owing to the proximity to the large right bronchial tube. Pectorophony (vocal resonance), like the fremitus, is exaggerated (slightly increased) over the affected part. Adventitious sounds are usually heard over the affected part in the first stage of phthisis, and it is by PULMOXAKY CONSUMPTION. 121 means of these, chiefly, that we are enaljled t(j make an early diagnosis, especially if the seat of the disease be at the right apex. Along with tubercle there will be a localized capillary bronchitis, a spot of i)neiimonia, or perhaps pleuritis. For that reason we are almost sure to hear some siibcrepitant, crejjitant, or intra-pleural rales. Sometimes there may be a single click heard, during insi^iration especially. It is called the mucous click, and is said to be due to the forcible separation of an agglutinated tube or overcoming mucous or other obstruction by air during inspiration. It is \)r(jhsihlj of intra-pleural origin sometimes. Any of these localized adventitious sounds, in addi- tion to the other physical signs mentioned, and the history of the case, would render it almost certain that the case was one of phthisis. The tubercle bacillus will rarely be found in the sputa at this early stage, even by an exyjert, because it will not usually have been liberated, or only bacillary germs may yet exist. But in case of doubt the sputa should be examined by an expert if possible. Regarding the early diagnosis of the disease, it is seen from the physical signs presented, that it is more readily made when the disease affects the left apex, since all of the early physical signs, except the local- ized adventitious ones, already exist in the patient's right subclavicular region in health. Second Star/e. — We have now to deal with complete solidification of lung tissue of variable extent, com- mencing softening, and such secondary local inflamma- tions as may be present, such as bronchitis, lobulai- pneumonia and pleuritis. 122 PHYSICAL DIAGNOSIS. Inspection. Second Stage. — Tlie expansion of the chest walls over the affected part is more markedly diminished on inspiration than in the first stage, and the difference between the respiratory movements of the unaffected and diseased sides is more noticeable. Flattening over the affected portion, due to retraction of the diseased lung tissue, is usually noticeable in this stage. If it occurs at the apex, the clavicle usually projects and is noticeably prominent. Respiratory movements are increased in frequency?" and rather shal- low, and the apex-beat of the heart is usually quite visible, owing to emaciation, which now^ generally be- comes noticeable. The apex-beat of the heart may be in the normal position, but is not infrequently displaced by traction due to pleuro-pericardial adhesion. Palpation. Second Stage. — The vocal fremitus is usually noticeably increased on account of the better conducting power of the consolidated lung tissue. If, however, a large-sized bronchial tube leading to the affected part becomes obstructed, so that it ceases to convey the voice sound, the fremitus may be dimin- ished, or even absent. Upon coughing and removing the plug, the fremitus at once returns. Thickened pleura or effusion intervening, would also cause the fremitus to be diminished or absent. The apex-beat of the heart may be felt to be abnormally frequent and feeble, as also the radial pulse. Tlie surface of the body is usually felt to be dry and unnaturally warm. Percussion. Second AS^<^a^e.— Dullness on percussion is the rule, and this quality will be marked in propor- tion to the extent of consolidation. The more marked the dullness, the higher \\ ill be the pitch, the sliorter pulmOxaky consumption. 123 the duration, and the less the intensity Of the percus- sion note, in the sense of volume. It hapx^ens, how- ever, once in a great while, that Skodaic resonance (tympanicity in connection with solidification or effu- sion) is obtained. This requires rather forcible percus- sion over solidification near a large bronchial tube, the trachea, an empty stomach or transverse colon, where the force of the percussion blow extends to them from the solidified tissue, wliich acts on the principle of a solid pleximeter, like the finger, or other solid percus- sion medium, and is consequently attended with a feel- ing of resistance. Even cracked-pot resonance, due to the concussion of air in such localities, is sometimes, though rarely, obtained. Over the unaffected parts the percussion resonance may be exaggerated, owing to the presence of a certain amount of vicarious emphysema, which, however, never becomes marked, as the volume of blood becomes much diminished in this wasting dis- ease. Myoidema is more noticeable in this stage than the first. Auscultation. — The breathing over the consolidated lung tissue now becomes bronchial, all vesicular quality ha\i.ng disappeared with the air-cells. Both inspiration and expiration are tubular in quality and high pitched, expiration being the higher. Expiration is also as long as inspiration, or longer, and the two are separated, or divided, by insijiration being unfinished. This respira- tory murmur as a whole is more intense than normal in the sense of concentrated amount, and expiration is more intense than inspiration. Both are somewhat short owina: to the shallow breathing;. 124 PHYSICAL DIAGNOSIS. Pectorophony (vocal resonance) is usually markedly increased over the consolidated part, and becomes bronchophony (bronchial voice). Should the sjoeech (articulate words) be heard also, it might be called bronchiloquy (instead of pectoriloquy, which also ap- plies to cavities). The whispered voice would give whispering bronchophony or whispering bronchiloquy, as the case might be. Should a large tube leading to the part be obstructed, or there exist thickened pleura or effusion, the breath and voice sounds would be diminished or absent, like the fremitus under the same conditions. As some parts of the diseased lung will probably be in the first stage, or incomplete con- solidation, the physical signs belonging to that stage may be looked for about the periphery of the seat of complete consolidation. Or both lungs may be affected with different stages. Localized adventitious sounds are also heard about the affected part in this stage. They are more marked usually than in the first stage, and consist of bronchial moist rales of various kinds, and sometimes intra-pleural rales. The crepitant rale, if present, would usually be obscured by other louder rales. Owing to commencing softening and breaking down of lung tissue, and perhaps pleuritic complica- tions, certain crackling and crumpling rales, called in- determinate, may be heard sometimes. Third Stage. — In this stage, cavities are formed. But in addition to cavities, there may be portions of lung tissue yet in conditions of complete and incom- plete solidification, so that we may have all three stages present at once. Besides these, the usual secondary inflammations also exist, such as localized bronchitis PULMONARY CONSUMPTIOX. 125 and pleiiritis. We therefore usually have a compli- cated pathological condition to deal with, and hence, although rules usually hold good, we are not to be surprised at variations and exceptions. Inspection. Third Stage. — The conditions already observed in the second stage \viIL be i^resent, but usu- ally to a more marked degree. There are emaciation, rapid and shallow resiDiration, usually marked depres- sion or flattening of the chest walls over the affected part, diminution of respiratory movements, especially on the affected side, and prominence of the superficial veins. When the apex is the seat of the disease, the supra- and infra-clavicular spaces are markedly de- pressed, as a rule, with corresponding prominence of the clavicle. Why are the superficial veins usually so prominent? Not so much on account of obstruction in the pulmonary circulation, because, as already stated, the volume of the blood in this wasting disease is much diminished, nor is the obstruction to the pulmonary circulation so great as it is in general hypertrophous (large-lunged) emphysema. Yet in the latter disease the superficial veins are not so JDrominent as in the third or even second, stage of pulmonary consumption. The true reason seems to be, that in consumj)tion, as ema- ciation progresses, the vessels become more and more prominent, owing to the absorption of the fat around them. The impulse of the heart, which beats rapidly, is usually \i.sible by reason of emaciation of the chest walls. The apex -beat may be in the normal position, but it is not unfrequently displaced, sometimes markedly, not usually from pressure, however, but from traction, due to pleuro-pericardial adhesion and retraction of 126 PHYSICAL DIAG]S^OSIS. tlie lung. This is especially the case when the left lung is affected. Walshe mentions a case where the apex-beat, was found under the left clavicle. It may be in either axillary line. Occasionally insjDection yields almost negative results, even in this stage, the disease having become tempora- rily arrested, and the patient improved in general health for the time being. Palpation. Third Stage. — The vocal fremitus is in- creased over the affected part, as a rule, owing to the consolidated lung tissue near the ca^dty. But in rare instances the increase may be due to re-enforcement of the voice by echo in the cavity, a phenomenon of tne consonance of sounds. All the conditions necessary for this, however, are rarely present at the same time. Sometimes, instead of being increased, the fremitus may be diminished, or even absent, for reasons already enu- merated, such as obstruction in a large bronchial tube leading to the affected part, thickened pleura, effusion, or intervening healthy lung tissue, in case of a very small, deep-seated cavity. Rhonchal fremitus due to gurgles, or other adventitious sounds, is sometimes felt, the thinness of the chest walls, due to emaciation, fav- oring its production. The apex-beat of the heart is usually felt, though feeble and rapid. The skin is usually hot and dry, and the radial pulse, like the heart, of course, frequent and feeble. Percussion. TJiird Stage. — Dullness on jDercussion is the rule, especially gentle percussion, the consolida- tion around the cavity which contains more or less fluid generally, and the condition of the pleura being favor- able for its production. There are, hoAvever, exceptions. PULMOAAUY c;o3;suMP'n()X. 127 (1) Cracked-pot resonance is sometimes obtained. It is not known why it was ever termed cracked-pot, for it does not sound like percussing a cracked pot. The sound is in most cases due to the sudden forcing of air out of a cavity through a somewhat small ox3en- ing communicating with a bronchial tube. The pa- tient's mouth should be open, otherwise the air will not be driven out with sufficient force to produce the sound. It requires a cavity, superficially located, at the ujDper part of the thorax, with tense but yielding walls, and a sharp percussion blow. It is best obtained in emaciated women, as their chest walls are more yielding than those of men. The sound is exactly imi- tated, not by striking a cracked pot, but by clasping the two hands together, so that the x)alms form a cav- ity, and striking the back of one hand or the other on the knee with considerable force. Children do this to imitate the sound of money in their hands, and for this reason it is sometimes called the money chink res- onance. But as it sounds very little more like the chink of money than it does like striking a cracked pot, and as the latter has the sanction of age as well as the name of Laennec associated with it, there appears to be no good reason as yet for changing it. Instead of being caused by the sudden escape of air from a cavity, it appears, in rare instances, to be due to concussion of air in some hollow viscus. Cracked-pot resonance is not constant, as the conditions for its production rap- idly change, such as plugging of the opening with mucus, filling of the cavity with fluid, and so on. In the first case coughing may dislodge the plug, and the sound will reappear. 128 PHYSICAL DIAGNOSIS. (2) Tympanitic resonance (drum sound) may be ob- tained by percussing rather forcibly over a large closed cavity filled with air, and having tense and rather un- yielding walls. The pitch and other proxDerties of the note will vary with the size of the cavity and the ten- sion of its walls. (3) Amphoric resonance (jug sound) is obtained by percussing, rather forcibly, over a cavity situated super- ficially at the upper part of the thorax, and having hard, smooth, and unyielding walls, empty or nearly so, and communicating freely with a bronchial tube — in other words a jug-like cavity (latin word arn-pTtora^ signifying a jug, jar, or bottle) which acts as a resonant chamber. This amphoric percussion resonance may also be called metallic, the former having reference to the shape of the cavity, the latter to the metallic quality of the sound. In order to produce it the patient's mouth should be open during percussion, otherwise the sound would not be prodnced any more than by striking an empty jug with its mouth tightly corked. It is imi- tated exactly by percussing over the buccal cavity with the cheeks and lips tense, and the mouth partly open. The pitch varies in different cases, owing to different causes, as already explained, but the quality remains the same. Gairdner and Finlayson found that over such cavi- ties, and especially in pneumo-hydrothorax, a marked amphoric or metallic resonance is produced by means of percussing with one coin on another coin (fifty-cent j)iece for instance), as a pleximeter, anteriorly, while the auscultator listened posteriorly — the so-called bell- PLATE V. Phthisis Pulmonalis; Third Stage, showing Cavity with Gurgles, Upper Lobe of Right Lung. ORAWH BY H.MACDOrJALD M.D.N.Y. PULMONARY CONSUMPTION. 129 metal test. These cavities are usually situated high up toward the clavicle. (4) Flatness on percussion may be obtained over a large superficial cavity filled with fluid. (5) Normal resonance may be obtained on gentle percussion over a deep-seated small cavity, if healthy lung tissue intervene. If the examination be made posteriorly and laterally, however, as well as in front, the cavity will usually be found. Myoidema, as already described, is usually notice- able in this stage, and especially on the front of the chest. For producing it, a sharp blow, delivered di- rectly with the point of the finger, is required. It is of little value as a physical sign. Auscultation. Tldrd Stage. — As a rule, cavernous breathing is heard over the cavity. That is, the respi- FiG. 14.— Diagram Showing Cavernous Breathing. ratory murmur is blowing in quality both on inspira- tion and expiration, giving the idea, as Flint correctly states, of air passing in and out of a hollow space. The pitch is usually lower than normal, expiration being lower, and as long as, or longer, than inspiration, and the two continuous. But the pitch, of course, varies with the size of the cavity, the tension of its walls, and so on. A large cavity, other things equal, would give a lower-pitched cavernous respiratory murmnr than a small one. Exceptions to this general rule are: (1) it 9 130 PHYSICAL DIAGNOSIS. may be caverno-bronchial. Here we have a mixture, in various proportions, of cavernous and broncMal breathing, owing to the presence of a cavity, perhaps rather small, and a good deal of consolidated lung tis- sue at the same time. Flint was the first to observe this variety of abnormal respiratory murmur, and termed it broncho-cavernous. That it does exist in rare in- stances cannot be denied. But in the few cases where I have noticed it, the bronchial element came last, so that I have usually described it as caverno-bronchial breathing. (2) Amphoric respiration, or jug breathing, is the respiratory murmur heard over a jug-shaped cav- ity, and sounds like blowing across, or into, the mouth of an empty jug or bottle. The cavity must have hard, smooth walls, and a large mouth, and be empty or con- tain but little fluid. Amphoric breathing is heard over the same kind of a cavity that yields amphoric reso- nance on percussion, although the two may not always exist at the same time, in any given case. The Vocal Resonance is best appreciated when the patient whispers. As a rule, cavernous whisper (whis- pering cavernophony) is heard over a cavity. That is, a whisper of blowing quality, and rather low pitch, differing in the latter respect from bronchial whisper, which must be high pitched, as we have seen. The pitch, usually low, varies, however, with the size of the cavity, the amount of solidified tissue, and so on. Pectoriloquy. — In some cases, instead of cavernous whisper, the articulate Avords may be heard, and then it is usually called whispering pectoriloquy. Now pectoriloquy means literally chest speech, and was first ai)plied by Laennec to the vocal resonance heard PULMONAKY CONSUMPTION. 131 over cavities ^^ilen the articulate words were heard. Xot that one is able to carry on a conversation with a patient through a cavity, but when only a distinct syllable or two may be heard in some simple xohrase. Bat pectoriloquy in the same sense is sometimes heard over consolidated lung tissue, or even in health, as well as over a cavity. Pectoriloquy, therefore, is a general term for expressing a class of vocal resonance, of which there are several varieties. Bronchiloquy may there- fore be used, it seems to me, to express that variety of pectoriloquy sometimes heard over consolidated lung tissue, and caverniloquy when heard over a cavity. In- deed, Guttmann maintains that bronchophony and pec- toriloquy are practically identical. So they are, in so far as it is sometimes possible to hear articulate sounds in both cases. But bronchophony and bronchiloquy are both necessarily high pitched, as we have seen (Lo- bar Pneumonia, second stage), whereas Laennec's whis- pering pectoriloquy (caverniloquy), as weU as cavern- ous whisper (whispering cavernophony; and cavernous breathing, are usually low pitched and blowing in qual- ity, instead of being tubular. Amphorophony and am- phoriloquy (amphoric voice and speech), whispered or otherwise, are sometimes heard over a cavity, and sound like speaking out loud, or whispering, into the mouth of an empty jug or bottle. Amphoric echo is simply the reverberation of the voice, cough, or breath sound, in such a cavity. The same sort of cavity is re- quired for amphorophony or amphoriloquy as in the case of amphoric resonance on percussion, amphoric respiration, and metallic or amphoric tinkle. iEgophony (goat's voice) may also be heard in some 132 PHYSICAL DIAGlSrOSIS. rare cases, but this will be fully considered when speaking of pleurisy. It is nothing more than distant, tremulous bronchophony ; distant on account of some intervening medium, and tremulous from the presence of fluid thrown into vibration by the voice. Should the articulate words be heard, it would constitute what may be termed tremulous bronchiloquy. AdDentitous Sounds. Third, Stage. — As a rule gur- gles are heard. These are coarse, bubbling rales, made in the cavity, more particularly on inspiration, since the air enters the cavity with more force than it leaves it. For this reason the fluid in the cavity is stirred up more on inspiration than expiration. If the cavity be small, the gurgles may be fine. They therefore vary with the size of the cavity and the amount and consistency of the contained fluid. Their pitch also depends upon the amount of solidified tissue, which condition, as already stated, causes them to be raised in pitch. Whenever rales are mentioned as being gurgles, however, it is understood that a cavity is present. Metallic tinkle is sometimes heard. Laen- nec compared this sound to the dropping of water from a height into a metallic basin, and termed it me- tallic tinkle. It is also compared, by some, to the dropping of a pin into an empty bottle. But the idea of dropping anything is wrong, since metallic tinkle is probably never, in any case, produced by the drop- ping of anything. In the first place, the fluid in a cav- ity is generally slimy, and will slide down the walls of a cavity rather than drip off. In the second place, the cavity is too small to hear fluid drop from the vault into fluid underneath, even if it did drop instead PULMONARY CONSUMPTION. 133 of sliding. But this distance wo'.ild fiii'Mier be dimin- ished by the tenacity of the fluid, >\iiicli would allow it to string down part of the wa\' before it broke off. This dripping tlieory, therefore, it seems to me, must be abandoned, especially in so small a cavity as that usually found in the lungs. It is, in fact, produced by the bursting of bubbles of a small amount of viscid fluid in a cavity containing air, and which is a resonant chamber, the same in which we get amphoric breath- ing and amphoric voice. Metallic tinkle is usually heard most distinctly on inspiration. It may be heard while the patient holds the breath, if a bubble previ- ously formed now bursts. liot aU the bubbles will produce metallic tinkle, but only those that burst with a sound in consonance with the echo of the cavity. Metallic tinkle, in other words, is purely a phenomenon of the consonance of sounds. It is not constant, but appears and disappears in the same patient, according to the conditions necessary for its production. It is simply the occasional musical echo of some adventi- tious sound (a gurgle, usually) in a reverberating cavity possessing the qualities of amphoricity. Bronchial rales of various kinds are usually present also, owing to the localized secondary bronchitis. They are usually of the moist class, and may be subcrepitant, submucous, or mucous. The subcrej)itant and submu- cous are most common. Intra-pleural rales and friction sounds may also be present. In addition to these there may be, and often are, indeterminate rales ; that is to say, certain crackling and crumpling adventitious sounds, partly dry and partly moist, and due to the breaking down of tissue. The crepitant rales, if pres- 134 PHYSICAL DIAGNOSIS. ent, would probably be obscured by other and louder sounds. Differential Diagnosis. — This rests chiefly upon the physical signs of more or less consolidated lung tissue and cavities, with secondary local inflammation, affecting the upper part of the lungs preferably. Bron- chitis is a general, bilateral disease and gives no signs of solidification. Cancer of the lungs does this, but the dullness often extends across the median line, owing to co-incident enlargement of mediastinal tumors, and the sputa are currant jelly. There is also the want of hec- tic fever in cancer. Old pleurisy, with effusions, may be mistaken for phthisis, especially if the examination be confined to the apices of the lungs. But flatness on percussion, changing ^vith position of the patient, due to effusion, will be found at the lower j)art of the thorax in pleurisy. Absence of respiratory murmur over the seat of disease, as well as other signs of effu- sion, A^ill also be noticed (see Pleurisy). In cases of doubt the hj-podermic syringe may be used. Only the first stage of jDlithisis offers room for doubt about the diagnosis as a rule. Then the signs of incom- plete consolidation, so fully described, together with any of the localized adventitious sounds ^^411 usually lead to a correct conclusion. The discovery of the bacillus under the microscope would be conclusive, but the general practitioner need not expect to be able to do this, since he has generally neither the time, the proper instruments, nor the experience. CHAPTER IV. Diseases in which the breath and voice sounds are interrupted in their transmission to the chest walls, with consequent diminu- tion, or absence, of vocal fremitus, respiratory murmur, and pectorophony. — Diseases of the pleur?e. — Thickened pleurae. — Fluid or air, or both, in the pleural cavities. PLEURISY, Pleurisy, or pleuritis, is inflammation of one or both pleurae. These, consisting of two layers, visceral and costal, form a closed sac on each side. These sacs do not communicate, but approach each other closely be- hind the median line of the sternum, from a point cor- responding with the upper borders of the second costal cartilages, to the upper borders of the fourth, where they diverge. The left pleura turns obliquely down- ward and outward, but within the left nipple to the fifth cartilage, leaving a portion of the heart uncovered — the superficial area ©f cardiac dullness; thence in- ward to the upper border of the sixth, where it turns outward again to the lower border of the sixth costal cartilage on the left mamillary line ; thence to the lower border of the eighth, on the left axillary line; the ninth rib on the scapular line (or line let fall perpen- dicularly from the inferior angle of the scapula), and the tenth rib on the vertebral line (close to the spinal column). The right pleura continues down behind the median line of the sternum to the upper border of the sixth VoG PHYSICAL DIAGNOSIS. costal cartilage where it turns off nearly at right angles along the upper border of the li\^er. On the right axil lary line the right pleura reaches down to the upper border of the eighth rib, on the scapular line the ninth rib, and on the vertebral line the tenth rib. The following is a summary of the lower limits of the pleurae: Left Pleura. — On sternal line, upper border of fourth costal cartilage. On mamillary line, lower border of sixth. On axillary line, lower border of eighth rib. On scapular line, ninth rib. On vertebral line, tenth rib. Rigid Pleura. — On sternal line, upper border of sixth costal cartilage. On mamillary line, the same. On axillary line, uj^per border of eighth rib. On scapu- lar line, the ninth rib. On vertebral line, tenth rib. These limits vary somewhat ^^dth deep inspiration, also in emphysema, effusion of fluids into the j)leural sacs, pneumothorax, and the like. The chief function of the loleurse is to furnish a small amount of lubricating material mthin the sacs, so that the layers can easily, and without noise, glide on each other, and thus facilitate respiratory move- ments. In this respect they resemble the synovial membrane of a large joint. And as anchylosis affects a joint, so are pleuritic adhesions injurious in proportion as they are extensive, and restrict the movements of resj)iration. Pleurisy may be divided into two classes: (1) dry pleurisy, and (2) pleurisy with effusion. Of each of these classes there are three varieties, (1) acute, (2) sub- acute, and (3) chronic. Dry pleurifiy, circumscribed pleurisy, pleurisy with I'LEUIIISY. 187 scant fibrinous exudation, or pleurisy without effu- sion, is a very common affection and often escapes notice. It is usually this class of jjleurisy that is found in connection with pulmonary consumption, where the infiammation crops out here and there in spots on the periphery of the lung. Or it may be secondary to ex- tension of inflammation from cancer or other neoplas- tic growths. It may be caused by fracture of a rib or other surgical injury, or it may be due to exposure to a draught of cold, and, finally, it may come on with- out any known cause. In idiopathic dry pleurisy the physical signs are few. Usually there is jerking respi- ration or a catch in the breath, as it is called, owing to the sharp pain in the side. This pain is usually near one nipple or the other. On palpation the fremitus is unchanged, owing to the small extent of the affection, and the slight pathological change produced. This con- sists in a small spot of thickening or roughening of the pleura. Sometimes if there be scant fibrous exudation, a point of adhesion may result. The pulse is not ac- celerated and there is no fever. The percussion res- onance is normal. On auscultation a slight pleuritic friction or crepitation may be heard, especially on in- spiration. In a few days, however, this may have dis- appeared. When no adventitious sound is present it might be a question as to whether the affection was dry pleurisy, pleurodynia or intercostal neuralgia. But dry pleurisy invariably has only one point of pain, which, the patient can locate with the i>omt of the finger. In intercostal neuralgia there are usually three points of tenderness; near the spinal column, at the anterior ex- tremity of the nerve, and about its middle. Besides 138 PHYSICAL DIAGNOSIS. this the patient will probably give the history of previ- ous attacks of neuralgia in other localities as well as intercostal. In pleurodynia, or myalgia, there is ex- treme tenderness in the muscles of the side. The pa- tient shrinks from touch, and there is pain on motion. Lumbago, or other muscular rheumatism, is often as- sociated. Pleurisy with effusion is inflammation of the pleura, attended with sero-fibrinous effusion into the sac as the result of interstitial exudation. It may be primary or secondary, and either of these may be acute, subacute or chronic. The latter disease is sometimes described as empyema (pyothorax), but this will be de- scribed separately, and by chronic pleurisy with effu- sion will be meant old cases of pleurisy with sero-fibri- nous, or serous, effusion. Acute pleurisy with effusion, lasts about two weeks, usually, and, like acute lobar pneumonia, has three stages. Undoubtedly, in many cases, the exciting cause is exposure to cold and wet, when it is said to be primary, although some predisposing cause, notably lowered vitality, must also exist. According to Lan- douzy, of Paris, many of these cases of pleurisy a f ri- gor e^ so-called, are merely symptomatic of latent tuber- culosis and are not primary. This is undoubtedly true for many cases, but not all, as I have learned from personal experience, as well as by inquiry at the Bromptom Hospital in London, and other hospitals. Acute pleurisy with effusion may occur secondarily in the course of articular rheumatism, Bright's disease of the kidneys, scarlet fever, measles and pysemic con- ditions. PLEURISY. 139 The first stage of ncnte pleurisy Avitli effusion is the dry stage of congestion, and lasts from a few hours to twenty-four hours, or, in some cases, even longer. The second stags, that of effusion, lasts about five days on the average. The amount of liquid effused is not usually so great as in the subacute or chronic form, and is more fibrinous. The third stage, that of absorption, usually begins by the eighth day, and in about two weeks, in an ordinary case, recovery may be said to be complete. The phys- ical signs differ according to the stage of the disease. First Stage. — The physical signs are similar to those of dry pleurisy already described, only more severe, as the disease under consideration is more extensive. Inspection. — The patient lies on the affected side, since by this means the respiratory movements of that side would be restricted, while those of the unaffected side would be free, ^ut mth all x)recautions the respi- rations will be jerking, due to p)ain in the side. The respiratory movements are restricted on the affected side, somewhat exaggerated on the opxDosite side. Palpation. — The vocal fremitus will be unchanged or very slightly diminished, owing to the slight thick- ening of the x)leura from congestion. But in persons ■with thin chest walls a friction fremitus over the dis- eased pleura may sometimes be felt. Pereussion would yield normal resonance or slight dullness if the pleura be slightly thickened by the con- gestion. Auscultation. — The respiratory murmur would be disturbed in its rhythm by the jerking due to pain, but its quality would be normal ; so would the pectoro^Dh- 140 PHYSICAL DIAGjSTOSIS. ony (vocal resonance), but both, would be somewhat diminished in intensity, due to slight thickening of the pleura from congestion. A pleuritic friction sound is usually heard on inspi- ration, expiration, or both. Honore, of Paris, in 1819, was the first to call attention to this adventitious sound and to point out its true pathological significance. All intra-pleural adventitious sounds are heard usu- ally more distinctly on inspiration than on expiration, since the two layers of pleurae are brought closer and more forcibly together in the former act than in the latter. Those due to rubbing together of opposing roughened surfaces, and stretching of adhesions, are often heard only on inspiration, while intra-pleural rales, due to viscid exudative material, or perverted secretion, are often heard both on inspiration and ex- piration, and simulate very closely bronchial and other moist rales. Pleuritic friction may sound like the creaking or rubbing together of leather, or treading in deep, crusty, snow. Or it may be merely grazing or crepitating. Distinct pleuritic friction sounds are not infrequently interrupted, that is to say, there may be two or three consecutive friction sounds during in- spiration, expiration, or both. If the chest walls are thin and the friction well marked, a localized friction fremitus may be felt on palpation as already stated*. Second Stage. — After effusion has taken place, we obtain the physical signs to be described in connection with chronic (subacute) pleurisy, with effusion (p. 143). They are chiefly those of interrupted transmission of sound, due to the presence of fluid in the pleural cavity acting as a partition or diaphragm, as well as flatness PLEUEISY. 141 or marked dullness on percussion over the site of the effusion. Third Stage. — After absorption has sufficiently pro- gressed, the friction sound, which had disappeared during effusion, reappears—/^r^c^/o redux. This also finally disappears in favorable cases, as the conditions producing it clear up, and the physical signs again be- come those of health. An all-important question arises in connection with this disease. When must the chest be tapped? If life be threatened, owing to great effusion, tap at once. Do not draw off all the fluid, however, but only enough to allow the patient to breathe easily. But unless symp- toms of suffocation are urgent, and they very rarely are, do not draw any of the fluid off before the end of the third week. Why? Because if the fluid be drawn off too early, and before active inflammation has sub- sided, adhesion of the two laj^ers of the pleura will re- sult, which would be one of the most unfortunate termi- nations that the disease could possibly have. The fluid in the sac keeps the two layers apart. To draw it off too early would not only thwart nature, but would be malpractice. According to Potain, of Paris, and others, only in rare and urgent cases should any fluid be with- drawn before the twenty-first day of the disease, and even then, only a part of it. Suhacute pleurisy with effusion usually results from a badly managed case of the acute variety, or in cases where the patient is in bad condition when attacked, or perhaps is tuberculous. Chronic pluerisy with great effusion is described by many authors as subacute. It rarely foUows the 142 PHYSICAL DIAGNOSIS. acute form, but is usually chronic from the first, and is not infrequently of tuberculous origin. The patient may not comx)lain of pain in the side at all. Usually there is a hacking reflex cough, without much ex- pectoration. The appetite is poor and emaciation follows, attended sometimes by hectic fever. The pa- tient applies to a physician, who, being satisfied to ex- amine the apices of the lungs only, finds signs of con- soliaation from compression at one apex, and hastily makes a diagnosis of phthisis simply. Had he taken the trouble to examine the patient carefully down to the waist, he would have found pleuritic effusion with the following i^hysical signs: Inspection. — Usually there are bulging of the inter- costal sj)aces over the seat of effusion, which is always at the lower part of the thorax, displacement of the apex of the heart laterally, in a direction opposite to the seat of pressure from the effusion, and diminution of respiratory movements on the affected side in pro- portion to the amount of effusion, with exaggerated respiratory movements on the unaffected side. Col- lapse not infrequently follows removal and absorption of the fluid and the other side now appears abnormally large, partly from comparison with the collapsed side, but partly also because the lung has become actually larger in volume from vicarious emphysema. Where the case is not of long standing, however, and the pa- tient has chest walls covered with fat and muscle, the bulging over the affected part may not be observable. Such a case ap- plied to me in May, 1885. He was a fire-stoker, aged thirty-two. The chest was perfect in outline. Upon my advice he applied to the late Prof. E. D. Hudson, whom I then assisted at the New York Polyclinic. Aspiration proved that the right pleural cavity PLEURISY. 143 contained an abundance of sero-flbrinous fluid. In this case the effusion was due to tuberculosis, as post-mortem examination proved, nearly two years afterward. Palpation. — The vocal fremitus is diminished or ab- sent over the effusion, according to its amount. Above the level of the effusion, where the lung is in a condi- tion of comx^ressed atelectasis, the fremitus is increased. These signs may evidently change with position of the patient, unless the lung is fixed in its position by ad- hesions. The apex-beat of the heart may be felt out of its normal position. It sometimes hai^pens that a spot of fremitus is felt somewhere over the seat of effusion. This is due to the telephoning of the voice to the spot along a string of adhesion, or else it may be extended by a rib, as in case of a heart murmur. Intercostal fluctuation may sometimes be felt. Percussion. — Over the fluid there is flatness on per- cussion, unless the chest walls are thick, in which case marked dullness will be elicited, as the walls themselves will give out some resonance, like the thigh, or the del- toid muscle. But where the chest walls are thin and the fluid abundant, flatness, or absence of resonance, except what is obtained out of the finger as a i)leximeter and the chest walls, is the rule. Besides, there is also a feeling of resistance to the finger on palpatory percus- sion in these cases. The upper line of the fluid, instead of being i^erfectly level, is, according to some, curved somewhat like the letter S, forming what is termed the curved line of Ellis. It is lowest in front, highest at the side, and averaged between the two posteriorly. This line changes with position of the patient unless prevented by adhesions. Over the compressed lung 144 PHYSICAL DIAGNOSIS. there is dullness on iDercussion, but not infrequently under the clavicle on the side of effusion we obtain tym- panicity (Skodaic resonance). This occurs more fre- quently in front than behind. The true cause of this tymijanicity was first explained by Skoda. The pul- monary vesicles being obliterated by compression, as well as the ultimate bronchial tubes, the compressed pulmonary periphery is gathered around a bundle of dilated bronchial tubes that form an irregular cavity, which yields tv'mpanicity on percussion. There is ex- aggerated x^ercussion resonance over the other lung, ow- ing to its being in a state of vicarious emphysema. It sometimes hajDpens that tympanlcity, or even cracked- pot resonance, may be obtained over the seat of effusion. This is especially true in case of children. This is ow- ing to the fact that the force of the percussion blow ex- tends to the stomach, transverse colon or some neigh- boring viscus distended by aii\ Very gentle percus- sion, therefore, in children, is necessary to avoid tym- panicity. The cracked-pot sound, if obtained, would be due to concussion of air in some hollow viscus, and not to its forcible escape. Auscultation. — In listening over the seat of the effu- sion the respiratory murmur is diminished or, generally, absent. This is due to the fact that the lung is pressed away from the site of eifusion, which not only does not conduct the breath and voice sounds but interrupts tliem. The pleural cavity, containing fluid, acts like a 2Dartitlon. The thicker the partition the less distinctly does sound pass through it. Sometimes, however, owing to a string of adhesion, bronchial breathing may be telephoned to a spot somewhere over the site of effusion, PLEURISY. 145 or else it may be transmitted there along a rib. Above the seat of effusion and over the compressed lung we hear bronchial breathing. But occasionally cavernous breathing is heard over the seat of percussion tym- panicity. Over the other lung the breathing becomes ex- aggerated, owing to the extra work that lung has to do. Fig. 15. — Diagram showing Pleurisy with Effusion, Compressed Lung, a String of Adhesion from the Compressed Lung to Thoracic Wall, Dilated Bronchi and Dis- placement of Organs to the opposite side. Pectorophony (vocal resonance ) is very much dimin- ished over the effusion, but is not entirely absent if the voice of the patient is loud enough. The whispered voice, like the respiratory murmur, is usually absent. But in speaking out loud, distant or weak broncho- phony is heard. If this distant bronchophony is trem- ulous, due to vibrating fluid, it is called gegophony (goat's voice), ^gophony is usually obtained where 10 146 PHYSICAL DIAGNOSIS. the effusion is not great, otliei'wise tlie bulk of fluid cannot be thrown into vibration. It is heard most com- monly about the lower angle of the scaj)ula, along the upper border of the fluid, when it is at that point. A thin stratum of encapsulated fluid may also be thrown into tremulous \i.brations by the voice, thus causing segophony. Thickened Pleura. — It not infrequently happens that after effusion has disappeared the pleura remains thickened. Indeed it is of common occurrence to ex- amine patients with only thickened pleura without effusion. In these cases the thickened pleura also acts as an interrupter to the transmission of sound. The respiratory murmur, pectorophony (vocal resonance), and fremitus are also diminished, and percussion dull- ness is noticeable, in proportion to the thickening. A string of j)leuritic adhesion, however, may transmit sound on the principle of a telephone. But extensive pleuritic thickening is a different condition, which acts rather as a diaphragm, or jDartition. than a telephone. Differential Diagnosis. — The diagnosis of idiopathic dry pleurisy, from pleurodynia and intercostal neu- ralgia, has already been considered. Tlie diagnosis be- tween acute pleurisy T\ith effusion and acute lobar pneumonia is readily made, generally. In pleurisy ^^i.th effusion there is interruption to the transmission of sound and the resi)iratory murmur, and the vocal resonance and fremitus over the affected i^art are di- minished or absent, but markedly increased in pneu- monia. The line of flatness or dullness in pleurisy often changes with position of the i^atient, but never in pneu- monia. In cancer of the lung there are signs of consoli- PLEUEISY. 147 dation, usually at the upper and front -part of the lung with increased conducting power, the dullness often extending across the median line, o^^^.ng to cancerous enlargement of mediastinal glands. In pleurisy with effusion, the affection is at the lower part of the thorax posteriorly, with interruption to transmission of sound and consequent diminution or absence of resi)iratory murmur and fremitus. The line of dullness in cancer does not change with position of the patient. In phthi- sis we also have signs of consolidation and increased con- duction power of lung tissue, instead of the interrup- tion of transmission of sound, as in pleurisy. In old cases of i)leuritic effusion and compressed lung it is' only carelessness should the physician confine his ex- amination to the top of the lung and omit the lower part of the thorax. Thoracic aneurism has been mis- taken for pleurisy with effusion, but such cases are very rare (see Aneurism). Hydatid disease of the lungs may be mistaken for pleurisy ^vith effusion. Such a case has aready been alluded to (see Hydatid Disease of the Lungs, p. 109). There were signs of effusion in the upper part of the right pleural cavity. The location excited susyjicion, as pleurisy usually affects the lower pari; of the thorax. Under the microscope some of the aspirated fluid showed the presence of hooklets and scolices. In any case of doubt the hypodermic syringe may be used to test the presence or absence of fluid. Tlie differentiation of pleurisy with effusion from enlargement of the liver and spleen is sometimes difficult. The upper limits of the liver have been already given, 148 PHYSICAL DIAGjNTOSIS. being the same as the lower limits of the right lung and pleura. The lower limits of the liver correspond to the free margin of the ribs in the right hypochon- driac region, the tenth interspace on the right axil- lary line, and the eleventh rib on the scapular line, be- low which it is lost in the dorsal muscles. The liver usually enlarges downward, but sometimes upward, especially, according to Niemeyer, in case of abscess or hydatid disease. If the case be one of simple enlargement of the liver upward, the line of percussion dullness will extend up higher in front than behind, the organ ascends and descends during respiration, the resiDiratory sounds posteriorly though feeble, are not, according to Da Costa, entirely absent, and the heart, if displaced at all, is pushed upward. The signs do not change with position of the patient, as they often (not always) do in pleurisy with effusion. In the latter disease, occurring on the right side, the liver may be pushed down, giving dullness on percussion below the ribs. But, with the x^atient in the sitting or standing position, the line of dullness will extend up as high posteriorly as in front, and the liver does not move up and down during respiration, but it is permanently depressed. Moreover, a small yielding interval may be usually felt between the lower border of the ribs and a normal liver that has been pushed down by fluid, whereas no such space exists in case of enlargement of the liver downward. According to ISTiemeyer, the normal dullness of the spleen is from the upper margin of the eleventh rib, along the axillary line, to the ninth rib ; anteriorly to a line drawn from the anterior end of the eleventh rib PLEUEISY. 149 to the nipple ; but i^osterioiiy it cannot be defined from the dullness of the left kidney, but its greatest thick- ness from before back, is about two inches. The spleen usually enlarges downward and forward, and then may be felt below the ribs in the abdominal ca\dty. But according to Niemeyer and others it may extend upward, rarely higher than the fifth rib, without going below the margin of the ribs at all, even in cases of de- cided enlargement. Intestines distended with gas, and the like, push it upward and backward as in typhus, but if it enlarges uj)ward, as in intermittent fever, it extends toward the axilla. The heart is j)ushed ui^- ward, and not sideways, the latter usually being the case in large xDleuritic effusion. The enlarged spleen moves up and down perceptibly during respiration, the level of dullness changing an inch sometimes on respiratory percussion, accordingly as percussion occurs at the end of a full insiDiration or expira- tion. The area of dullness is less when the patient lies on the right side in enlarged s^Dleen, but it does not otherwise change with position of the patient as is often (not always) the case in j)leuritic effu- sion. In enlarged spleen, the respiratory sounds are feeble over the part, but, according to Da Costa, the vocal vibrations are mostly unimpaired, whereas they are usually absent in effusion. The rational signs of the case and previous histor}^, with reference to pleu- risy, intermittent fever, and the like, will aid in arriving at a correct diagnosis. Lastly the h^^podermic s^-ringe may be used to test the X3resence or absence of fiuid in the pleural cavity. Extensive plastic (adhesive) pleurisy without effusion would, among other points of differ- 150 PHYSICAL DIAGNOSIS. ence, cause no fullness of the cliest-walls, like enlarged liver or spleen, and might even jDrodnce contraction. In case of effusion into the pleural cavity it may be- come necessary to perform the operation of paracen- tesis thoracis (thoracentesis, tai^ping, or aspirating the chest). This may be done by means of Potain's as- pirator, or better still, perhaps, by Dieulafoy's instru- ment. I have had a guard, regulated by a screw, fitted Fig. 16.— Potain's Aspirator, and Needle with Movable Guard G. to the needles used by myself. By this means the needle cannot accidentally penetrate any deeper than is necessary to draw off the fluid. AYhere shall we puncture ? According to Bow- ditch, find the inferior limit of the sound lung be- hind and tap two inches higher than this on the pleuritic side, at a point in a line let fall perpen- dicularly from the (inferior) angle of the scapula. Push in the intercostal space here with the point of the finger, and plunge in the needle quickly and firmly PLEURISY. 161 at the depressed part, in order to get through false membranes. If no fluid be obtained here, x^uncture a little higher up and further toward the axillary line. Bowditch's point of puncture has the advantage over all others of allowing the pleural sac to be entered at the most dependent point, with less risk of perforating the diaphragm and causing i^eritonitis, though it possesses the disadvantage of obliging the patient to be in a sit- ting posture, if that be any, instead of the recumbent, during the operation. Fraentzel, of Berlin, prefers a point half way between the mammillary and axillary lines in the fifth intersi^ace on the left side, and in the fourth on the right, the pa- tient being in the recumbent position. Aufrecht, of Mag- deburg, prefers a point on the axillary line in the fourth interspace on both sides, the ]Datient being recumbent. Puncturing the diaphragm with resulting fatal peri- tonitis has occurred in this operation by iDenetrating the chest-walls too low down. In general, the puncture should be made on the axillary line, between the fifth and sixth ribs on the left side, and between the fourth and fifth ribs on the right side to avoid the liver. In what cases, speaking of adults, shall the operation be performed, and how much fluid be withdrawn? Ac- cording to Anstie (Reynold's System of Medicine) it should be done (1) in all cases where the fluid fllls one pleura and begins to compress the other lung; (2) in all double pleurisies where the total fluid would about All one pleural cavity; (B) in all cases of large amount of effusion where there have been one or more fits of orthopnoea ; (4) in all cases where the fluid is purulent, and (5) in all cases where fluid, occupying at least half 152 PHYSICAL DIAGNOSIS. of a pleural cavity, has existed for a month and shows no signs of being absorbed. Neither Bowditch, Murchison, nor Anstie recommend to withdraw all the fluid, but only so much as will substantially relieve the mechanical distress caused by pressure. In most cases that is all that is necessary to excite the natural process of absorption. They all stop the withdrawal of fluid the moment the patient begins to complain of constricting pain in the chest or epigas- trium. Fraentzel, of Berlin, operates usually when the fluid reaches up to the third rib, and oedema of the other lung is threatened. He takes out about fifty ounces of fluid and repeats the operation in three to five days when necessary. Aufrecht recommends (1) that a trial puncture by Pravaz's syringe be made before operating. The ordi- nary hypodermic syringe with a perfectly fitting piston and carefully adjusted long needle (disinfected) is sufficient. (2) If there is reason to believe that less than forty-five ounces of fluid will be discharged, the opera- tion had better be usually left undone. (3) Not more than eighty ounces of fluid should be evacuated. (4) The thoracentesis should not be repeated unless a vital indication demand it. (5) The operation of drawing off" part of the fluid should be performed in all cases of large effusions as soon as the patient is seen, irre- spective of the degree of temperature. Other authors draw off the fluid at an earlier date than any of those mentioned, and do not hesitate to withdraw it all. In case of empyema (pyothorax) a permanent drain- age tube, securely fastened to prevent its dropping into HYDIiOTJIOKAX — EMP V KM A. 153 the pleural cavity, promises better results than repeated asj)iration. The tube may be introduced through a free opening as low down as the seventh intercostal space on the axillary line, whereas the trocar (needle) should not be pushed into the pleural cavity lower down than already mentioned. HYDROTHORAX. Hydrothorax is a dropsical and non-inflammatory affection, in which there is fluid in both pleural cavities. It is the result of a serous transudation and not of an inflammatory exudation, and is usually associated with general dropsy from some cause. Hydroperitoneum and hydro-pericardium may exist at the same time. The physical signs are similar to those of pleurisy with effu- sion, the later being generally unilateral, however, and hydrothorax bilateral. For this reason the heart is not noticeably disj^laced in hydrothorax, unless it be j)ushed down. Hydrothorax is, of course, unattended by fric- tion sounds. EMPYEMA. Empyema, pyothorax, or suppurative pleurisy, is a disease characterized by pus in the pleural cavity. It may be due to traumatism, or an abscess opening into the pleural cavity from the liver, abdomen, the chest walls, or the lung. When it occurs without any of these causes it is probably due to some constitutional vice or to exhaustion of vitality. But why pleuritis should sometimes result in sero-fibrinous, and at other times in purulent effusion, is not exactly known. The physical signs are almost identical with those of 154 PHYSICAL DIAGNOSIS. pleurisy with non-purulent effusion. There is usually more emaciation in empyema, and the signs generally are more grave. But the only means of making a posi- tive diagnosis is by withdrawing some of the fluid with the hypodermic syringe, or other aspirating instrument. HEMOTHORAX. Hsemothorax, or blood in the pleural cavity, may be due to traumatic causes, or it may result from cancer of the pleura or rupture of aneurism into the pleural sac. Very rarely it is caused by the withdrawal of fluid from the pleural cavity, causing rupture of vessels by the sudden removal of the pressure to which they had become accustomed. Wounding the intercostal artery by the aspirating needle may sometimes produce it. The physical signs of blood in the pleural cavity are similar to those of pleurisy with effusion, I^either in hydrothorax nor hemothorax are there friction sounds. The former is usually bilateral, hsemothorax unilateral. In hsemothorax, also, the symptoms are sudden and urgent, whereas hydrothorax is always in- sidious. PNEUMOTHORAX. Pneumothorax is a disease in which there is air in the pleural cavity. Generally it is unilateral. It may be due to traumatic causes, such as penetrating wounds of the thorax, injury to a lung from the end of a fract- ured rib, and the like. Or it may be due to openings into the pleural cavity from rupture or ulceration of the stomach or oesophagus, and from the lungs in the course of emj)yema, abscess, or hydatid disease. Ac- PNEUMOTHORAX. 155 cording to Walslie, liowever, ninety xDer cent, of all cases of pneumothorax are caused by the escape of air from the lungs into the pleural cavity, due to breaking doA\Ti of tubercle. It is very doubtful if gas ever orig- inates spontaneously in a closed ]3leural cavity. The physical signs are as follows: Inspection. — Dyspnoea and anxious countenance are usually noticeable. Sometimes there is more or less cyanosis. Bulging and want of respiratory movement on the affected side with displacement of the heart in the opposite direction, are marked in projDortion to the amount of air in the pleural cavity. Respiratory movements on the unaffected side are exaggerated. If the opening be valvular, so that air enters the pleural sac without escaping, the dysi^noea becomes extreme, and all the signs are marked. Palpation. — The vocal fremitus is diminished or ab- sent, according to the amount of air in the pleural cav- ity. The heart may be felt displaced and beating rapidly. Percussion. — Over the affected side there is tympani- tic resonance on percussion. The pitch will be high or low according to the volume of air in the pleural cav- ity and the tension of the chest walls. Over the other lung, exaggerated resonance is due to the extra work it is doing, and the state of vicarious emphysema. Auscultation. — The respiratory murmur over the affected side is usually diminished or absent, unless there are string-like adhesions. The vocal resonance is also diminished, and some- times, according to Walshe, has a metallic (amphoric) quality. 156 PHYSICAL DIAGNOSIS. The tympanicity on percussion at once distinguishes it from fluid in the pleural cavity from any cause. The diagnosis of pneumothorax from emphysema, has al- ready been considered. (See Emphysema.) PNEUMO-HYDROTHORAX. Pneumo-hydrothorax, or hydro-pneumothorax, as the name indicates, signifies air and fluid both in the pleural cavity. According to some authors, the fluid is always purulent, and they describe it as pneumo- pyothorax, or pyo-pneumothorax. As pneumothorax is always followed by inflamma- tion and effusion into the pleural cavity within a few hours, or a day or two at most, the etiology of one dis- ease applies also to the other. Inspection. — Dyspnoea and anxious countenance, with bulging and want of respiratory movement of the affected side and displacement of the heart, may be noticed, as in pneumothorax or pleurisy with effusion. If the opening into the pleural cavity be valvular, so that air enters more readily than it escapes, the signs are more marked. This may occur at different times in the course of the disease. Palpation. — The vocal fremitus is diminished or ab- sent on the affected side. The heart may be felt out of its normal position. Percussion. —Above the level of the fluid the note is tympanitic, as in pneumothorax. Over the fluid there is marked dullness or flatness, as in pleurisy with effusion or hydrothorax. Not infrequently about the union of the two there is amphoric (Jug, metallic) res- onance on i^ercussion. The line of dullness or flat- PNEUMO-HYDROTHORAX, 157 ness and tympanicity, changes markedly with, position of the patient. In these cases, also, the upper end of the fluid is horizontal, instead of being slightly curved as in jDleurisy with effusion. Auscultation. — The respiratory murmur is weakened or absent, or else it is amphoric (Jug, metallic). The Fig. 17. — Diagram of Pneumohydro-thorax, showing fluid and air in right pleural cavity, right lung comijressed and displacement of organs to the opposite side. Also the supposed dropping of fluid. vocal resonance is also weakened, or sometimes am- phorophony, or even amphoriloquy, may be present. Succussion. — This is the act of shaking the patient while auscultating at the same time. On succussion the siDlashing sound of the fluid in the cavity is heard, often by the patient as well as the physician. Metallic {amphoric, jug) tiiikle is often heard in this disease, and by many it is supposed to be produced by 158 PHYSICAL DIAGNOSIS. the dropping of fluid, from above into the fluid below. It may be possible that in such a large cavity as is usu- ally represented, fluid may have sufficient distance to fall to produce the sound; but even here it is more probably due to the bursting of bubbles formed by in- spiration, or by shaking the patient. The distinctive sign of the disease, and one which prevents its being mistaken for any other, is the splashing sound of the fluid in the cavity heard on succussion. It is impos- sible to obtain this sound in simple pleurisy with effu- sion, since there is no air in the cavity, and hence the fluid there cannot be shaken any more than it could be in a bottle, or other vessel, flUed up to the cork. In all suspected cases, succussion should be tried. CHAPTER y. Summary of adventitious sovinds, and of the changes in the nor- mal respiratory murmur and vocal resonance produced by disease. Adtextitious sou]S"ds, as previously stated, are wholly new and abnormal sounds jDroduced by disease, and are not modified normal sounds. They have been variously divided and arranged by different authors, but for simplicity..as well as convenience they may be classified into (1) rales or rhonchi, (2) friction sounds, and (3) splashing sounds. I. Rales. Rales, or rhonchi (rattles), have also been grouped differently by different authors, but they may be re- duced to three varieties : (1) dry, (2) moist, and (3) in- determinate. Each of these varieties will now be con- sidered separately. 1. Dry Rales. Tliere may be many varieties of dry rales, but two are sufficient to include them all: (1) the sonorous and (2) the sibilant. Sonorous Rales are snoring, low-pitched, dry rales, made on insiDiration, exx^iration, or both. They may be produced in the larynx, trachea, or larger bronchi. In the, larynx they may be caused by spasm of the glottis, as observed in larjmgismus stridulus, croup, and 160 PHYSICAL DIAGNOSIS. whooping-cougli, growths witliin the larynx, and press- ure on the recurrent laryngeal nerve from aneurism or other tumor. In the trachea they may be due to press- ure without from some tumor, aneurism for example, or growths within, as polypi, or oedema, inflammatory exudation, or constriction due to old cicatrices and the like. Such rales are termed stridor, and the breath- ing is said to be stridulous. If the pressure, or ob- struction, or constriction, be sufficiently marked, sibi- lant as well as sonorous rales may be produced in these localities. These rales made in the larynx or trachea are, however, conveyed all over the chest usually, and should be differentiated by means of the stethoscope ; an easy matter, as they are much louder at the site of their production than elsewhere Sonorous rales are made in the larger^ /bronchi from narrowing of their calibre by external pressure from some tumor, strict- ure due to old inflammation, spasm of the muscular coats, or tumefaction of the lining mucous membrane, or else the "\d.bration of viscid mucus within the tubes. These rales are generally transient, and change on coughing. For this reason, it would appear that they are more frequently due to varying spasm or vibrating mucus that is removed by coughing. AVhere the cause is permanent, the rales are few in number, and often changeable, though less so, showing that even in these cases, vibrating mucus, from localized irritation, is often an important factor. Both sonorous and sibilant rales are heard, especially in the early or dry stage of bron- chitis and in spasmodic asthma. In the latter disease they are also sometimes said to be mewing and chirping. Sihilant rales are high pitched, whistling, dry rales, MOIST RALES. 161 made on inspiration, expiration, or both. As already remarked, they may be made in tlie larynx or trachea, if the calibre be diminished sufficiently. For the same reason they may also be made in the larger bronchi. Usually, however, they are made in the smaller bronchi. The causes of their j)roduction are the same as for the sonorous or snoring rales, and, like them, are heard es- FiG. 18.— Sonorous and Sibilant Rales. SnE, riuiiorous Rales ; SbR, Sibilant Rales. pecially in the dry stage of bronchitis, and in an attack of asthma. They are also changeable, being heard more distinctly now in one place and then in another. 2. Moist Rales. These may occur in the larynx, trachea, bronchi, air- cells, or in the pleural cavities. Laryngeal and tracheal rales may also be moist as well as dry. Moist tracheal rales occurring just before death, as they often do, are 11 162 PHYSICAL DIAGXOSIS. commonly called death rattles. These rales may also be heard over the chest, and their locality should be differentiated by means of the stethoscope. In cases Trhere rales of any kind are heard over the chest, the patient should be directed to clear the throat, so as to get rid, if possible, of any laryngeal or tracheal rales that might exist. Many varieties of moist rales occurring in the bron- chi are described by various authors, but three are suffi- cient to include them all: (1) mucous, (2) submucous, and (3) subcrepitant. Mucous rales are large, moist, bubbling rales made in the larger bronchi, and are heard both on inspira- tion and expiration, since the tidal air acts on the fluid in the tubes both on entering and leaving them. These rales are usually attended ^^dth exi^ectoration, and they change about on coughing. Fluid of any sort in the larger bronchial tubes will give rise to mucous rales, whether it be mucus, blood, or pus. We therefore find them in such diseases as bronchitis, unless the secretion be very scant, certain cases of loulmonary hemorrhage, abscess, and pulmonary consumption. In general bron- chitis the rales are bilateral, but usually few in number. If not heard at all on first listening, they may be de- velo^Ded by coughing. In other diseases where the bronchitis would be local, the rales would also be lo- calized. Submucous rales are moist, bubbling rales, rather smaller than the mucous, and are made in the medium- sized bronchi. They are also heard both on inspiration and expiration, are attended v.ith expectoration, and are changed by coughing. They are produced in the MOIST RALES. 163 same way, and are due to the same causes, as the mu- cous rales (see fig. 8, jd. 38). Subcrepitaiit rales, or muco-crepitant rales, are the finest moist bronchial rales, and are made in the finer (ultimate) bronchial tubes, chiefly on inspiration, and are not as easily changed as the mucous and submucous by coughing. This is accounted for by the fact that in- spiration is a greater force than expiration, as affecting the finer tubes and air-cells. Hence the mucus in these localities is overcome with, greater force on inspiration than expiration, and the subcrepitant rales are conse- quently produced on inspiration rather than expira- tion. They may be, and often are, entirely wanting during expiration. Instead of being caused by the bursting of very fine bubbles, these rales are sometimes caused by the forcible separation of agglutinated tube walls, and then they are invariably heard only on in- spiration. In capillary bronchitis they are heard on both sides, usually ^posteriorly and low down. In pul- monary oedema they are also sometimes heard as the serous fluid enters the tubes (see Qj^dema). The rale also occurs in the third stage of lobar pneumonia, due to secondary local bronchitis and liquefying exudation. In pulmonary hemorrhage from any cause these rales are produced if blood enters the flner tubes, and hence are often heard in hemorrhagic infarction. Pus in these flner tubes also gives rise to it, whether the pus be due to purulent bronchitis, rupture of an abscess, or perforation from empyema. This rale is also the adventitious sound usually heard in the first stage of phthisis, although it may evidently occur in any stage. Crepitant rales are made in the air-cells, and are the 164 PHYSICAL DIAGNOSIS. only vesicular rales tliat exist. They are very fine, uniform, crackling rales, heard only at the (tip) end of inspiration, and are anchanged by coughing. They are caused by the forcible .separation of agglutinated cell walls, as in the first stage of lobar pneumonia, or agitation of thin fluid in the air-cells, as in pulmonary oedema. They are heard also in the third or resolving stage of lobar pneumonia, where it is known as the rale redux, or rale that has returned, or come back. The cre]Ditant rale, then, and not the subcrepitant, as is so often erroneously stated, is the rale redux, or re- turned rale. The subcrepitant rale is not a part of the physical signs of any stage of pneumonia but the third, in which it has not come back, but is heard for the first time. The crepitant rale, however, which was heard in the first stage, and lost in the second after the air-cells had become obliterated, now comes back, or is redux, in the third stage. The crepitant rales heard in pulmonary oedema are louder and more liquid in quality than those of pneumonia. The crepitant rale may also be heard in pulmonary consumption in any stage, if the conditions for its production exist, and other adventitious sounds, usually present, are not so loud as to obscure it. Mucous Glick. — A single fine, high-pitched moist click that is usually unchanged by cough, may be heard at or near the end of inspiration over incomplete consol- idation in the first stage of phthisis. As Loomis says, it sounds like an isolated subcrepitant rale. When it is really of mucous origin, it is no doubt due to the sud- den passage of air through a fine bronchial tube ob- structed by pressure without, due to tubercle, for in- MOIST ItALES, 105 stance, or ^■iscicl mucus within. It is a very imi:)ortant adventitious sound in the commencement of pulmo- nary consumption. But may it not sometimes also be of pleuritic origin? Gurgles are moist, bubbling rales made in a cavity, and are large or small, or low and high pitched, accord- ing to the size of the cavity and amount of consolidated tissue intervening. They are made either during in- spiration or expiration, but inasmuch as the air usu- ally enters a cavity with more force than it leaves, gur- gles are consequently apt to be louder on inspiration than expii'ation. Sometimes they are heard only on inspiration. Moreover, during inspiration, the direc- tion of the current is toward the ear of the listener, in- stead of from it, as in expiration. If the cavity be full of fluid there may be no gurgles. ISTone ^vill be heard, also, if the cavity be empty, or if the opening into it be such as to iDrevent fluid from being agitated by the air entering or lea'ving it. If the opening into the cavity becomes stopped \vith a plug of viscid mucus, a clot of blood, or other material, gurgles AA'hich were heard before now immediately cease. On coughing and re- moving the obstruction they at once return. (See col- ored plate showing cavity.) JSIetallic TlnJile, or Amplioric Tinkle. — If the cavity, whether it be pulmonary or intra-pleural, have hard, smooth walls, and be of sufficient size to act as a reso- nant chamber, in other words, if it be an amphoric cav- ity, and if it contain a small amount of viscid fluid with the tube opening under it or into it, so as to pro- duce explosion of bubbles, metallic, or am^Dhoric tinkle is apt to result. Or it may l^e produced by the vibra- 166 PHYSICAL DIAG]SrOSIS. tion of viscid mucus. It is usually heard most dis- tinctly on inspiration, like ordinary gurgles, and is not constant. It often disappears on coughing, or it may be developed by coughing. According to Walshe, such adventitious sound need not be situated in the cavity at all, if it be near enough so that the sound shall be echoed in the cavity. Metallic tinkle is also sometimes produced by speaking or coughing. It is probably never due to dropping of fluid in a pulmonary cavity, since there could hardly be distance enough for it to fall with sound sufficiently distinct to be heard. Even in j)iieumo-hydrothorax, metallic tinkle may be re- garded as a musical rale of amphoric quality, produced by the bursting of bubbles rather than the dropping of fluid. For that reason it has been classified with the moist rales. Intra-2?leural Moist Rales. — Pleuritic friction sounds are easily distinguished from other adventitious sounds ; but occasionally we hear sounds, evidently of intra- pleural origin, that exactly imitate moist bronchial or vesicular rales. Some authors go so far as to say that the crepitant, as well as the subcrepitant rale, is al- ways intra-pleural. In the same way other intra- pleural adventitious sounds, resembling mucous and submucous rales, are sometimes heard, so that, as Da Costa says, no human ear can tell the difference by the quality alone. How are we to distinguish between them? This subject has already been alluded to (see Bronchitis). If the rales are localized, unilateral, unchanged by coughing, peripheral and superficial, and unattended with exx)ectoration, they are usually intra-x)leural. If, on the other hand, they are bilateral, INDETERMINATE RALES. 167 changed by congli, attended with more or less expecto- ration, deep-seated, and generally distributed over the chest, they are almost snrely bronchial. But how can we distinguish the crepitant rale made in the air-cells from the intra-xDleural crejpitation? Sometimes it is difficult or even impossible. This, however, does not necessarily make the two identical any more, for in- stance, than it makes thoracic aneurism and ]Dleurisy ^vith effusion identical, because one has been mistaken for the other until post-mortem examination revealed the true state of the case. In pulmonary oedema we have the crej)itant rale bilateral and low down j)oste- rioiiy. There is also watery expectoration and the cause of oedema (see Oedema). Intra-pleural crepitation is rarely bilateral, and then is unattended with expec- toration, unless there be complication. In the first and third stages of lobar pneumonia it is more difl5cuit to say that the rale is not intra-pleural. Even in these cases the rale sometimes follows the outline of the lobe too closely to say that it is always intra-pleural. Intra-pleural moist rales do not require actual in- flammation of the pleurse for their i:)roduction. Per- verted nutrition of the membrane from any cause may give rise to a viscid, glutinous secretion, instead of the noraial lubricating material, so that the pleura, in- stead of gliding noiselessly on each other during respi- ration, will produce sounds which, as already stated, may be, and often are, identical in quality with vesicu- lar, bronchial, tracheal, or laryngeal moist rales. 1(58 PHYSICAL DIAGNOSIS. 3. I]S^DETEEMI]SrATE RaLES. Indetermmate rales include all other rales not em- braced in tlie foregoing classes and varieties. They are crackling and crumpling sounds, partly moist and j)artly dry, produced on inspiration or expiration, or both, and it is impossible to determine with certainty whether they are of intra-pleural, pulmonary, or bron- chial origin. Flint states that they are found usually early in phthisis. They may be heard during any stage, but particularly, perhaps, after the disease has advanced sufficiently to give rise to broken-down tissue and complicated pathological conditions. The follow- ing" table in regard to rales may be of use : Rales or Rhonchi. ^ 3 classes Sti-idor— produced in the Larynx. Sonorous — produced in the Large 1. Dry Rales. -{ Bronchi. Sibilant — produced in the Small Bronchi. ' Laryngeal — produced in theLarynx. Tracheal— produced in the Trachea. Mucous — produced in the Large Bronchi. Submucous — produced in the Medi- um Sized Bronchi. Subcrepitant — produced in the Small Bronchi. Crepitant — produced in the Air-cells 2. Moist Rales. -! or vesicles. Mucous Click — produced in a Small Bronchus. Gurgles — produced in Cavities (pul- monary). Metallic (amphoric) Tinkle — pro- duced in Cavities Interpleural moist rales Avhich may simulate any of the above moist rales. f Partly moist, partly dry, crackling Indetermi- J and crumpling sounds, whose nate Rales. ] exact origin and mode of pro- [ duction are unknown. FRICTIOiSr SOUNDS — SPLASHING SOUNDS. 109 II. Friction Sounds. Friction sounds are due to pleuritic inflammation. Their true pathological significance was first pointed out about 1819 by Honore, of Paris, a contemporary of Laennec. The membrane, which in health was moistened with a lubricating secretion, so that the two op]Dosite layers glided noiselessly upon each other dur- ing respiration, now becomes dry and rough, or agglu- tinated. For this reason, grazing, rubbing, rasping, grating, rumbling, or creaking sounds may be pro- duced. The sounds are heard chiefly on inspiration, and are usually interrupted, so that several may occur during one inspiration. They are also heard sometimes during expiration. As already stated, pleuritic friction sounds are heard more distinctly usually on insjDira- tion than expiration (p. 140). As Flint correctly states, these sounds are usually more distinctly heard after removal of the fluid, if any exist, than before, as the surfaces of the pleurae are by that time more roughened than at first. These friction sounds are of variable duration, depending upon the pathological condition. When well marked, especially in those having thin chest walls, friction fremitus may be felt on pal]pation. III. Splashing Sounds. < Succussion is the act by which splashing sounds are produced. It consists in shaking the patient while the ear is placed to the chest. By this means the sjDlash- ing of fluid in a cavity containing air and fluid is heard, as in pneumo-hydrothorax (or pneumo-pyothorax). It might be i^ossible, also, in a large pulmonary ca\T.ty 170 PHYSICAL DIAGNOSIS. containing air and fluid. It is usually, however, pathognomonic of pneiimo-hydro (or pyo) thorax. CHANGES IN THE RESPIRATORY MURMUR. I. Changes of Intensity. The sound of the respiratory murmur, as well as of the voice, arrives at the chest walls in health, first, through convection along the tubes, and secondly, re- fraction (diffusion) in the air-cells. But for this refract- ing power of the healthy lungs, due to the presence of the air-cells, the intensity of the respiratory murmur and of the voice sounds would be greatly increased, as occurs in solidification. On the other hand, the sounds would be diminished or absent, according to the amount of obstruction in the tubes to convection, increased re- fraction, as in emphysema, and interruption, as in pleu- ritic thickening or effusion. We see, then, that these, as w^ell as other sounds on their way to the chest walls, may, according to the con- ditions present, be subjected to (1) convection, (2) ob- struction, (8) refraction (diffusion), (4) conduction, and (5) interruption. On the chest walls, or along strings of adhesion, they may be transmitted, or extended. In health, then, when convection along the tubes is perfect, and there is only normal refraction (diffusion) in the air-cells, we hear the normal respiratory murmur, which will be laryngeal, tracheal, bronchial, vesiculo- bronchial, or vesicular, according to the locality. The intensity of this murmur A\dll be weakened or suppressed (also termed diminished or absent); (1) in proportion to obstruction to convection in the tubes, either from growths, mucus, pus, blood, or other ob- CHANGES IN THE ItESPIRATOIiV MrKMI'R. 171 stacles within, or stricture, from old inflammation or compression of the tubes from aneurism, cancer, hyda- tids, or some other cause; (2) increased refracting (dif- fusing) iDOwer in the lungs, due to dilatation of the air- cells, as in chronic general emphysema; or (3) inter- ruption from pleuritic thickening or effusion. Second- arily, it would be modified also l)y interference with the proper exj^ansion of the lungs and chest walls from pain, pleuritic adhesions, and deformities. The intensity may be slightly increased (exaggerated) in two ways. First, without any change in quality or rM^thm, as when one lung or x^art of a lung is tempo- rarily Dicariously emxDliysematous from doing extra work, o^^ing to crippling of the other lung or j)art of a lung. It is simply louder than normal, and is sometimes termed hyper-vesicular or supplementary. It differs somewhat from puerile breathing, which is heard in children under the age of puberty, whose lungs are not developed in jDroportion to their bronchial tubes. Both are loud (rude), but the puerile respiratory^ murmur has more of a bronchial element in it. Xeither are necessarily harsh (rough), this quality depending on the roughness of the mucous membrane lining the larger bronchial tubes, and caused by the friction of the tidal air Secondly, it may be slightly increased (exaggerated), with change in the quality and rhythm, as seen in the vesiculo-bronchial breathing, due to incomplete consol- idation with corresponding increase of conduction, and diminution of refraction, in the lungs, owing to oblit- eration, in part, of some air-cells; as seen in the first stage of phthisis pulmonalis. 172 PHYSICAL DIAGNOSIS. The intensity of the murmur will be markedly in- creased if refraction is replaced by conduction ; in otlier words, if the air-cells are replaced by solidified lung tissue, as occurs, for instance, in the second stage of lobar pneumonia, which offers a homogeneous medium for the conduction of sound. II. Rhythm. Prolonged expiration and divided respiration are the two principal changes in the rhythm. In the normal vesicular resx)iratory murmur, inspiration is about four times longer than expiration, and the two are continu- ous. Moreover, expiration is lower in pitch than in- spiration. Now, in a paroxysm of asthma, and in chronic emphysema, the expiration is prolonged, but is not usually changed in pitch or quality. In a ]Dar- oxysm of asthma the exi)iration is not only prolonged, but inspiration is much shortened by being deferred, that is to say, it is not heard in the commencement. The rhythm in such a paroxysm is just the reverse of what it is in health, that is to say, expiration is four times longer than inspiration, or even longer. In em- physema, expiration is also iDrolonged and inspiration deferred, but it is never observed that expiration is four times longer than inspiration, unless there be also marked obstruction to the exit of air from the presence of mucus, or other cause. In bronchitis, also, expiration is prolonged in proportion to the obstruction from mucus, especially in capillary bronchitis ; but the respiratory murmur is not otherwise changed, unless in some cases it may become harsh or rough (see Changes in Quality). In asthma and bronchitis, the RHYTHM. 173 expiration is prolonged, because of obstruction to the egress of air, either from spasm of the muscular coats of the tubes, or mucus within the tubes, or tumefaction of the bronchial mucous membrane. In general em- physema, on the other hand, expiration is prolonged on account of the rigid dilatation of the thorax, caused by loss of resiliency of lung tissue, rigidity of the cos- tal cartilages, and crippling of the diaj)hragm, leaving the muscular coats of the bronchial tubes to perform the act. If obstruction in the tubes, due to co-existing bronchitis, also is well marked, the expiration will be still more i^rolonged, but usually the expiration of em- j)hysema is not so much prolonged as to be four times the length of inspiration, as in a paroxysm of asthma, where obstruction is marked on account of spasm as well as mucus and tumefaction. The reason for pro- longed expiration in such cases has already been fully explained (see Asthma). In consolidation of lung tissue, expiration is also prolonged, but the murmur in these cases differs from those Just mentioned by having the pitch always raised, on account of its passing from one medium to a denser medium, with shorter vibrations and the quality changed. Instead of being blowing in quality, it is more or less tubular. The prolongation is not due so much to the crippling of the expiratory forces, or to obstruction to the egress of air, as it is to the fact that the incompletely or completely solidified lung tissue, being a better conducting medium, enables one to hear the murmur more distinctly and for a greater length of time. The respiratory murmur may be divided — that is, 174 PJIYSICAL DIAG]S^OSIS. the insj)iration and exxDiration may not be continnous. This is nsnally, if not always, due to consolidation to a certain degree. In case of incomplete consolidation, inspiration and expiration are not continuous, hj inspi- ration being unfinished. The gap between the two will be marked in j)roi3ortion to the extent and com^Dlete- ness of consolidated tissue. When a whole lobe is consolidated, as in the second stage of lobar pneumo- nia, for instance, the break between inspiration and expiration is well marked. Wavy, jerky, or cog-wheeled respiratory murmur is sometimes heard in the first stage of phthisis. It is usually attributed to the sudden overcoming of strict- ure or obstruction in a bronchial tube, from pressure of tubercle, or mucus within. This, however, is doubt- ful, since it is often heard in perfectly healthy chests of those who are nervous, hysterical, or have palpitation. It is more often due to i^alpitation of the heart than any- thing else, and is oftener heard in women than men. Taken by itself as a physical sign of disease of the lungs, it is worthless. It is usually heard on insj)ira- tion, but may also be heard on expiration, or both. III. Quality. Besides being changed in intensity and rhythm, the respiratory murmur may also be changed in quality. Instead of its being purely vesicular in quality, as heard over the left subclavicular region, it may become vesiculo-bronchial. The late Dr. Austin Flint tei-med it broncho-vesicular, but, as Da Costa suggegts, the order of occurrence, as actually heard, being first vesi- cular and then bronchial, it is more correct to caU it QUALITY. 175 vesiculo-bronchial. It was formerly, and is now by some, termed rnde (loud) respiration. Others, again, call it liarsli or rough. Neither of these terms is de- scriptive of tlie true condition, nor is the murmur neces- sarily harsh, rough, or even rude. A respiratory mur- mur is harsh or rough if the mucous membrane of the larger tubes is in a harsh or rough condition, so that the tidal air, by friction against it, in ijassing in and out, has the quality of harshness or roughness imparted to it. For this reason, any respiratory murmur, exclud- ing the purely normal vesicular, may be harsh or rough. In vesiculo-bronchial breathing, expiration is pro- longed, raised in pitch, and more or less tubular in quality, in proportion to obliteration of air-cells, l:)y which the vesicular element is lessened, as in incom- plete consolidation from some cause, or proximity to bronchial tubes. For the latter cause, we obtain a nor- mal vesiculo-bronchial breathing in the right sub- clavicular region of a healthy chest. Vesiculo-bron- chial breathing is also among the early signs of phthisis, while consolidation is incomplete. . Bronchial breathing is significant of complete con- solidation of lung tissue, as in the second stage of lobar pneumonia. Here all vesicular quality is lost, and both inspiration and expiration become tubular in quality. Expiration is as long as inspiration, or longer; the pitch of both is raised, expiration being usually higher than inspiration, and the intensity is greatly increased in the sense, not of volume, but concentrated amount. It sounds somewhat like blowing across the mouth of the stethoscope. It may be imitated by put- ting a piece of liver in a tin, or other tube, covering 176 PHYSICAL DIAGNOSIS. both ends witli a tMn membrane, and then listening through it to tracheal respiration. Over a cavity we iisnally hear cavernous breathing, which is blowing in quality, giving the idea, as Flint states, of air passing in and out of a hollow space. It differs from bronchial breathing by being usually low pitched and blowing in quality, whereas bronchial breathing is necessarily high pitched, the sound of the murmur having passed from one medium to a denser medium, and tubular in quality. Both are more intense than the normal re- spiratory murmur, but cavernous breathing is more in- tense in the sense of volume, bronchial breathing in concentrated amount. When consolidated lung tissue is extensive near a cavity, there is sometimes heard a mixture of cavern- ous and bronchial qualities, or the caverno-bronchial breathing. Flint was the first to describe this kind of respiratory murmur, and termed it broncho-cavernous. In nearly all the cases cavernous quality comes first, and is followed by the bronchial, though there is no reason why this should always be so. For this reason, however, it is termed caverno-bronchial, rather than broncho-cavernous. Should the cavity be large, situated near the apex, and have hard, smooth walls, a free opening communi- cating with a bronchial tube, and not contain much fluid, amphoric respiration, or jug-breathing, may be heard. It sounds like blowing into the mouth of an empty jug (amphora) or bottle. The pitch of this breath sound will vary with the size of the cavity, its mouth and other conditions, but it is by its quality, not pitch, that it is distinguished. PECTOROPHONY. 177 CHANGES IN THE PECTOROPHONY OR VOCAL RESO- NANCE. The sounds of the patient's voice, as heard over the larynx, trachea, or any part of the chest walls by the auscultator, maybe divided into two classes: (1) that in which only the voice is heard, and (2) when s]:>eech or articulation is heard. To the first class the termina- tion ophony {phonos, voice) is applied, to the latter, iloquy (speech). The sound of the voice, therefore, as normally heard over the larynx, is termed normal laryngophony, and over the trachea, normal tracheoph- ony or trachophony. As the speech is oftener heard in these localities than the voice simply, so do we more frequently hear normal laryngiloquy and normal tra- chiloquy over these organs. I. Pectokophont. Pectorophony, or chest voice, is the sound of the voice, or the vocal resonance, heard over the chest, without our being able to distinguish the articulate words as spoken by the patient. Normal pectorophony, or normal vocal resonance, as it is more commonly called, when heard over pul- monary vesicular tissue, is a distant, diffused, indis- tinct, buzzing sound, with a somewhat low pitch, cor- responding to the pitch of the patient's voice. A low-pitched, loud, harsh voice, other things equal, yields more intense pectorophony than a high-pitched, weak voice, in the sense of volume. For this reason, men usually have normally more intense pectorophony than women, and grown people of both sexes than 13 178 PHYSICAL DIAGNOSIS. children. Thin chest walls, other things equal, also favor the production of pectorophony. DiminlsTted 'pectoropliony^ or weakened vocal reso- nance, occurs in those cases where there is obstruction in the bronchi to the convection (conveyance) of the voice sound, as in bronchitis with abundant mucous secretion, j)us or blood, x>olypi, stricture of the bron- chi, from old inflammation, or their compression from some cause, as cancer, aneurism, hydatids, and other tumors. Also when there is increased refractive power of the lungs, as in chronic general emphysema, with permanent dilatation of the air-cells, or when there is interruption to the transmission of the voice from pleuritic thickening or effusion. In some of these cases, whispering loectoroiohony may be entirely absent or suppressed. In general, the same conditions for weakening or suppressing the respiratory murmur apply to the whispered voice. Exaggerated jpectoropliony^ or exaggerated vocal resonance, occurs when the intensity is increased from any cause. It is heard normally in the right sub- clavicular region, on account of proximity to the right bronchial tube, as already stated. But it is also heard over incomplete solidification of lung tissue, owing to the better conducting power of the latter. It is there- fore one of the early signs of incipient phthisis. Under these conditions, the sound of the voice is nearer, less diffused, and more distinct and intense, in the sense of concentrated amount. Broncliial pectoroj^hony, 'bTonclioj)liony ^ or bron- chial voice, is heard when all vesicular quality is lost, owing to complete solidification of lung tissue. The PECTOEOPHONY. 179 voice sound comes to the ear of the anscultator directly from the bronchial tubes, through the solidified lung tissue. It is near, concentrated, and distinct, or the very opposite of normal pectorophony (vocal reso- nance). The pitch of bronchophony is necessarily high, owing to the transition of the sound fi^om one medium to a denser medium. In some instances, bronchophony, instead of being near and strong, sounds as if it were distant and weak. Weak or distant bronchophony is caused by the inter- vention usually of jDleuritic thickening or effusion. Obstruction to convection in the bronchi from com- jDression, or stricture, or a plug of viscid mucus, might cause bronchoiDhony to be weakened or even suj)- pressed. JSgopTiony, so named from its resemblance to the bleating of a goat, is bronchophony made tremulous by vibrating fluid in the pleural cavity usually, though it may occur in some rare cases of pulmonary cavities and other disease. It is more of a clinical curiosity now than it is of any real value, since, in cases of doubt and necessity, the asiDirating needle may be used to determine the presence of fluid. Besides being tremu- lous, segophony is more or less weakened by the pleuri- tic conditions present. It also usually possesses a nasal quality for some reason. Cavernous voice, or cavernopJiony, is heard when listening over a cavity. It differs from bronchophony, for while the latter is high-pitched and tubular in quality, with an increased intensity in the sense of concentrated amount, cavernophony is often low 180 PHYSICAL DIAGNOSIS. . pitched, sepnlcliral in quality, and lias its intensity increased in the sense of volume. Amplioric tioice, or am]jliorop7iony (jug voice), is simply cavemophony possessing the quality of am- phoricity, and resembles the sound of the voice in aji empty jug or other vessel. It has a peculiar ringing, metallic, or amphoric quality, and may be attended, like the breathing, or the cough, by amphoric, or me- tallic echo. The terms amphoric and metallic are used to convey the same idea, the former referring to the particular kind of cavity, the latter to the material, v^hich imparts the quality to sounds. Should the patient whisper instead of speaking out loud, as was first recommended by the late Dr. Austin Flint, we would have some variety of whispering pectorophony. In some cases, it might be absent or suppressed; in others, exaggerated, and then Flint termed it exagger- ated bronchial whisper. In the same way we would have whispering bronchophony, cavernous whisjDer or whispering cavernophony, and amphoric whisper or whispering amphorophony. The following table gives a summary of the voice sounds : Laryngophony Tracheophony 'Normal Pectorophony, or vocal resonance. Diminished or weak (the whisper may be absent or suppressed). Exaggerated (slightly increased). Pectorophony -\ Bronchophony — bronchial voice (may be weak), ^gophony — goat's voice (tremulous). Cavernophony — cavernous voice. Amphorophony — amphoric (jug) voice. II. Pectoeiloquy. Pectoriloquy, or chest speech, is the speech (articu- late words) of the x>atient as heard through the chest PECTORILOQrY. 181 walls by the anscultator. Tlie term was first used by Laennec, of Paris, about 1820, and always had reference to cavities, since it was thought that only over cavities could the articulate words of the patient be heard. It is, however, quite evident that pectoriloquy may be obtained in other conditions than cavities. It is some- times heard over perfectly healthy chests, especially among those who have thin chest walls and a loud re- spiratory murmur, as among some women and chil- dren. It is quite often heard over the larynx and trachea, normallj^ Bronchial Pectoriloquy, or Broncliiloquy. — Instead of bronchophony simply, we sometimes also hear the articulate words of the patient over consolidated lung tissue. Indeed, Guttmann states that there is no dif- ference between bronchophony and pectoriloquy. But as bronchophony differs from cavernophony, both being pectorophony, so does bronchial pectoriloquy, or broncliiloquy, differ from cavernous pectoriloquy or caverniloquy, the former being necessarily high-j)itched, the latter usually low-pitched. In case of whispered voice, the former is also tubular in quality, the latter blowing. The intensity of the former is also increased in concentrated amount, the latter in volume. Cavernous pectoriloquy, or caverniloquy, is the speech of the patient as heard over an ordinary cavity. As Flint truly remarks, one must not expect to be able to carry on a conversation with his patient through a cavity, but if some syllables of some simple phrase or words, as one, two, three, be heard, it is sufficient to establish pectoriloquy of any variety. Amphoric pectoriloquy, or amphoriloquy, is the 182 PHYSICAL DIAG^v'OSIS. speech of the patient with an amphoric or metallic in- tonation, as if spealdng in the month of an empty jug. It is significant of amphoric cavity. If the patient whispers instead of speaking out loud, we then hear whispering laryngiloqny, trachiloqny, or pectoriloquy, of whatever variety the latter may be. The following- table gives a summary of varieties of speech (articulate voice) sounds: Laryngiloquy. Trachiloquy. Normal Pectoriloquy. Bronchiloquy — Bronchial speech (may be weak Pectoriloquy -| or tremulous). Caverniloquy — Cavernous speech. Amphoriloquy — Amphoric speech. CHAPTER YL THE HEART. The Heaet is a hollow organ of striated or voluntary muscular tissue, but so presided over by the sympa- thetic nervous system that its movements are, with very rare exceptions, wholly involuntary. Only in ex- tremely rare cases has the individual been able to cause the heart to beat fast or slow at will. The fact that it is of the striated or voluntary muscular tissue is of great imx^ortance in connection with certain dynamic cardiac murmurs, to be described hereafter. JS'ormally, the heart is conical in shape, and, in the adult, five inches long, three and a half inches broad and two and a half inches thick. It weighs from ten to twelve ounces in men, and in women from eight to ten ounces. The heart is obliquely situated within the thorax, between the lungs, and is inclosed by the pericardium. The base, directed upward and backward to the right, is on a level with the upper borders of the third costal cartilages, extending half an inch to the right, and one inch to the left of the sternum ; the apex, forward and downward to the left, corresponds to a i^oint between the fifth and sixth costal cartilages (fifth intercostal space), two inches below and one inch within the left nipple, according to Gray. According to others, it is an inch and a half below, and half an inch within, the left nipple, and this is probably more nearly correct. 184 PHYSICAL DIAGJSrOSIS. According to Flint, the ai:>ex of tlie heart in health should fall a little within the mammillary line. Of course these rules apply only to those cases where the nipxDle is in its normal position, for sometimes it is dis- placed by deformity, or large size of the gland, as in nursing women or those who have borne children. The force of the normal apex-beat differs in different cases. In some it , is perceptible on inspection, in others not, and in some cases it may not even be felt on palx^ation. This is accounted for chiefly by difference in the thick- ness of the chest walls and size of the ribs. Among those having thick chest walls with wide ribs, the im- pulse of the heart will not usually be so perceptible as among those who have thin chest walls and narrow ribs with correspondingly wide intercostal spaces. The normal heart beats more forcibly in some persons than others, and the impulse also differs somewhat with position of the body. Outline of the Heart. — The base corresponds to a line drawn across the sternum along the upper borders of the third costal cartilages, extending half an inch to the right and one inch to the left of the sternum. A line so drawn is termed the base line of the heart. The left border corresponds to a line curving outward, but within the left nipple, from the left end of the base line, down to the apex. This border is formed by the left ventricle. The right border of the heart consists of a right border proj)er, formed partly by the right auricle, and partly by the right ventricle, and a lower border formed altogether by the right ventricle. Draw a line from the apex horizontally to the median line of the sternum, to correspond nitli the lower border, 'riii'; iiEAirr. 18o thence curving upward and slightly outward to the right end of the base line, to form the right border proper. Areas of Cardiac Dullness. — Auscultatory percus- sion (p. 33) is the best method for accurately mapping- out the limits of the heart, the patient being in the erect position, unless one has no assistant, and then the recumbent position is best. There are two areas of dullness, the deep and superficial. The whole area of dullness, including the deep and superficial, extends vertically from the ui)per borders of the third costal cartilages to the upper border of the sixth, and trans- versely from a point a little within the left nipple to about half an inch to the right of the sternum. The deep area of dullness corres^Donds to that portion of the heart covered up by lung tissue, and is increased with enlargement of the heart from any cause. The superficial area of dullness is somewhat triangu- lar in shajje, and has no lung tissue over it. Tliis area is bounded below by a line drawn horizontally from the apex to the median line of the sternum ; on the right, by the median line of the sternum up to the level of the upper borders of the fourth costal cartilages ; and on the left, by a line drawn from the last-named point to the apex. This last line curves outward, but falls T\ithin the left nipx)le. The suj^erficial area of dullness is diminished at the end of a full inspiration and in em- physema; it is increased by ventricular enlargements and j)ericardial effusion. It is formed by the right ventricle, except at the aj)ex, which is composed of the left ventricle. This latter fact is very imjiortant in connection with murnuirs made within the left ventricle. 186 PHYSICAL DIAGNOSIS. Tlie CiTGulation. — The heart is divided lengthwise into right and left, or venous, and arterial halves, and these two are divided crosswise, so as to form two upper and two lower compartments — four in all — the two upper compartments being the right and left auri- cles respectively, and the two lower being the right Fig. 19. — Normal Blood Currents in the Heart and Relative Po.sition of the Ventri- cles, Auricles and Great Vessels. IVC, Inf. Vena Cava; SVC. Sup. Vena Cava; RA, Rt. Auricle; TV, Tricuspid Valves; RV, Kt. Ventricle; P, Pulmonary Valves; PA^ Pulmonary Artery; Pv, Pulmonary Veins; LA, Left Auricle; MV. Mitral Valves; LV, Left Ventricle; A, Aortic Valves; Aa, Arch of Aorta. and left ventricles. The right (or venous) side of the heart is situated in front of, slightly above and to the right of the left side, so that in looking at the normally situated heart, from the front, we see the right ventricle and right auricle, and only a small j^art of the left auri- cle, and a narrow strip of the left ventricle, which ex- tends down further than the right ventricle, and forms the apex. PLATE VI. Schematic Diagram, representmg the Normal Blood Currents in the Heart— A V C, Ascending Vena Cava; D V C, Descending Vena Cava; R A, Right Auricle; T V, Tricuspid Valves; R V, Right Ventricle; P, Pulmonary Valves; P v, Pulmonary Veins; L A, Left Auricle; M V, Mitral Valves; L V, Left Ventricle. A, Aortic Valves; A a, Arch of Aorta. ORAWM BY H.MACOONALO M.O. N .Y. THE hp:akt. 187 The pulmonary artery is about two inclies long, and arises from the left side of the base of the right ventri- cle, in front of the aorta, at a point corresponding to the junction of the left third costal cartilage with the sternum. The left auricle lies deeply behind it. It ascends obliquely upward and outward across the sec- ond left intercostal space near the sternum, and divides under the arch of the aorta, behind the second left cos- tal cartilage, into a right and left branch, one for each lung. The second left intercostal space is also called, therefore, the pulmonary (pulmonic) interspace. The pulmonary artery carries venous blood from the right ventricle into the lungs. The aorta arises from the upper part of the left ven- tricle behind, and a little below, the origin of the pul- monary artery, at a point on a level with the lower border of the left tliird costal cartilage, just behind the left edge of the sternum. It passes obliquely ui)ward to the right, a little beyond the right edge of the ster- num, in the right second intercostal space, to the upper border of the right second costo-sternal articulation. A needle passed through the second intercostal space close to the right edge of the sternum would, after passing through the lung, enter the pericardium and the most prominent part of the bulge of the aorta (Gray). This second intercostal space on the right side of the sternum is therefore also called the aortic inter- space. The venous blood, emptying into the right auricle from the superior and inferior ven?e cavse, passes through the tricuspid orifice, into the right ven- tricle. The direction of the blood at first is toward the apex, but it suddenly curves upward to the left, and is 188 PHYSICAL DIAGNOSIS. driven by ventricular systole through the pulmonary orifice, and by the pulmonary artery it is conveyed into the lungs, for aeration. From the lungs the aerated (arterial) blood is conveyed by the pulmonary veins to the left auricle. Thence through the mitral orifice into the left ventricle. Here the blood current, as in the right ventricle, is directed at first toward the apex, but immediately curves upward to the right, to the aortic opening, through which it is driven by ventricular sys- tole. Closure of the mitral and tricuspid valves occurs with ventricular systole, and prevents regurgitation from the ventricles into the auricles ; and closure of the semilunar (sigmoid) valves guarding the pulmonary and aortic orifices occurs with ventricular diastole (arterial systole), to i^revent regurgitation from the arteries into the ventricles. Situation of the Valves. — The pulmonary valves are situated highest up in the thorax of any of the valves of the heart. A needle j)ushed through the centre of junction of the left third costal cartilage with the ster- num, would penetrate about the centre of the pulmo- nary orifice. We do not, however, listen directly over this jjoint for sounds connected with the pulmonary orifice in their loudest intensity, for the bone inter- venes ; but Ave listen in the second left, or pulmonary (pulmonic), intersjDace, where the sounds are conveyed. The aortic valves are situated behind the pulmonary, a little lower down and to the right, just behind the left edge of the sternum on a level with the lower bor- der of the third rib. We do not listen here through the bone for aortic sounds, but in the second right, or aortic, interspace where they are conveyed. THE HEART. 189 The mitral valves guarding tlie oriiice between the left auricle and left ventricle, are situated deeply within, at a point corresponding with the upper border of the left fourth costal cartilage, near the left edge of the sternum. We do not listen here for sounds con- nected with the mitral orifice, for the riffht ventricle and *— Z Fig. 20. — Diagram showing Location of the Valves of the Heart, and Points of Maximum Intensity of Sounds connected with them. The triangle ab c is the area of superficial dullness. pulmonary tissue are in front of it ; but we listen do^\Ti at the apex, which is made of the left ventricle, and to this point mitral, as well as other left ventricular, sounds are conveyed. Lastly, the tricuspid valves are situated behind the median line of the sternum, between the fourth costo- stemal articulations. But we do not listen at this 190 PHYSICAL DIA&2rOSIS. point for tricuspid sounds, but at tlie point where tlie lower border of tlie right ventricle crosses the sternum, about the base of the ensiform cartilage. The tricus- pid valves guard the orifice between the right auricle and right ventricle. A circle of one inch in diameter includes parts of aU the valves of the healthy heart, but of course they are not in the same plane, those of the left side of the heart being behind the - right. It is very imiDortant to ob- serve, also, that we do not. as a rule, listen directly over the orifices and their valves in order to best hear sounds connected with them, but over those points to which such sounds are conveyed with greatest intensity, as follows : for pulmonary sounds, over the pulmonary (second left) interspace; for aortic sounds, over the aortic (second right) interspace ; for mitral sounds, over the axjex ; and for tricuspid sounds, over the ensif oim cartilage. Posteriorly, however, we do listen over the location of the mitral valves for the mitral regurgitant mirrmur, as will be fully described, as "svill also be the areas of transmission of various sounds. Sounds of tTie Heart. — There are two sounds of the heart — first and second. As the first sound is heard loudest at the apex, it is also called the apex or inferior sound of the heart : and because it occurs during sys- tole it is also galled the systolic sound. The second sound is best heard at the base, and hence is sometimes called the basic or superior sound of the heart, and be- cause it occurs in diastole it is also called the diastolic sound. Tfie first sound Cinferior, apex, systolic) of the heart is a composite sound, partly due to closure of the mi- THE IIEAIIT. 191 tral and tricuspid valves, and partly due to the apex- beat, the rush of blood, and the stretching of the chordae tendinefe, to say nothing of other elements. But whatever elements take part in its production, it is necessary, and very important, to know and remem- ber that the first sound in the normal heart is synchro- nous with (occurs at the same time with) the closure of the mitral and tricusi^id valves, the systole of the ventricles, and the apex-beat. The latter slightly pre- cedes, of course, the radial pulse. This first sound, though heard almost at any part of the chest in some cases, is best heard in all at the apex, as already stated, and sounds like iib^ in the words tub or rub. But it does not sound like riib or lub^ except when there is a i^rsesystolic murmur, as we shall see. Tt is longer in duration and lower pitched than the second sound. The second sound (superior, basic, diastolic) of the heart, is produced by the simultaneous closure of the semilunar (sigmoid) valves of the aortic and pulmonary orifices, and is synchronous with diastole of the ventri- cles. It is heard best at tlie base of the heart, and is a shorter, sharper, and higher-pitched sound than the first, and resembles the word up, in cu^d. RTiytlim of the heart is the repetition of all the suc- cessive phenomena which go to make up what is termed a comx3lete circuit or revolution, each one of which is divided into a first sound, first rest, second sound, and second rest. Suppose a revolution to be ten-eighths of an inch long: the first sound would be, according to Walshe, four-eighths (half-inch), the first rest one-eighth, the 192 PHYSICAL DIAGNOSIS. second sound two-eighths (quarter of an inch), and the second rest three-eighths of an inch long, thus : ub Apbx I \ • I — H • • • • I ; Base Fig. 21.— Normal Rhythm of the Heart as heard at the Apex and Base. The heart's rhythm may be imitated by striking a table, for instance, with the palmar surface of the hand, near the wrist, for the first sound, and with the point of the finger for the second, observing the proper inter- vals for the periods of silence. In the accompanying diagram the consonants d and t are placed before the second sound, as heard at the apex and base respect- ively, merely for the sake of euphony, and not because there are really any such elements of sound in the nor- mal rhythm of the heart. Fig. 23.— Sphygmographic Tracing— Normal Heart. (Walshe.) We now proceed to consider the heart in its various abnormal conditions. Valvular Lesioists of the Heart. Valvular lesions commonly give rise to enlargement of the heart. They usually result from one or more previous attacks of endocarditis. The latter disease frequently occurs in the course of acute articular rheu- matism, especially among the young, but it may also occur during an attack of diphtheria, scarlet fever, ty- phoid fever, measles, syphilis, lead poisoning, gout, PLATE VII. R.A F16.A R.V. Normal Heart. FiG.B. R.V. Mitral Regurgitation.- Showing enJargement of LA.LV & RV. FiG.C. FiG.D. LA. RAI R.V. ^^ R.V Mitral Obstruction.- Showing Aortic Obstruction & Regurgitation. enlargement o^ LA 8f RV. Showing enlargement of LV. REFERENCE. RA. Right Aun'cle. LA. Ujt -"- R.V. Right Ventncie. LV. Lejt -'•- OKAWM BY H.MACOOMALP M.O. M.Y. VALVrLAK LKSIONS OF THE JIKAKT. 193 erysipelas, Briglit's disease of the kidneys, and other diseases, or it may be due to pyaemia, or surgical in- jury, or, Unally, it may occur independently. In the latter case it is termed idioi:)athic endocarditis. Such cases are, however, very rare. Valvular lesions, es- pecially aortic insufficiency, may also be due simply to violence, as in lifting. Endocarditis during foetal life attacks the right side of the heart, because, in that state, the right side of the heart has more work to do than the left. For the same reason endocarditis attacks the left side of the heart after birth. It is extremely improbable, that, as Richardson, of London, states, the blood receives a poison in the lungs after birth, which it takes directly to the left heart, causing endocarditis of the left side of the heart ; but by the time it gets back to the right heart, the poison has lost its virulence. If it be due to poison only, the right heart should be poisoned instead of the left, for the blood is sup^Dosed to be purified in the lungs, instead of being poisoned there. Endocarditis does not necessarily leave traces behind, but it usually does. It may, however, affect the valves or orifices, or, they remaining intact, it may leave some lesional traces on the wall within the ven- tricle at some point, or points. From what has been said of foetal endocarditis, we conclude that children with valvular lesions of the tri- cuspid or pulmonary valves were born with them, though they may not have been discovered for several years afterward, when the changes "in the heart pro- duced would make the signs more observable. But relative (or secondary) insufficiency of the tricuspid valves occurs in persons after they are born. This is 13 194 PHYSICAL DIAG^SrOSIS. due, not to inflammation, but to enlargement of the right ventricle (dilated hyioertrophy) as in general em- physema, and mitral obstruction or regurgitation, where, owing to the dilated hypertrophy of the right ventricle, the tricuspid valves presently fail to close the orifice, on account of their being mechanically sep- arated too widely. Order of Frequency of Valindar Lesions. — All agree that mitral regurgitation is the most common. Regarding mitral obstruction authors disagree. Dr. Walshe j)laces it last of the valvular lesions in the left heart, but I am disjDosed to think it is often present with regurgitation. The follo"vving is the order of fre- quency, according to Dr. Walshe : (1) Mitral regurgitation, (2) aortic obstruction, (3) aortic regurgitation, (4) mitral obstruction, (5) tricus- pid regurgitatioh (relative included), (6) pulmonary obstruction (most frequent inflammatory of the right heart), (7) pulmonary regurgitation (very rare), and (8) tricuspid obstruction (hardly known). I, myself, have never observed a case of pulmonary regurgitation, and tricuspid obstruction is, probably, only recognizable on post-'inortem examination, if it should ever occur. A^alvular lesions, instead of existing singly, may be, and often are, combined. Order of Frequency of Combinations. — According to Walshe they are as follows : (1) Mitral regurgitation and aortic obstruction, both giving rise to systolic murmurs. (2) Aortic obstruction and regurgitation. (3) Mitral regurgitation and aortic regurgitation. (4) Mitral regurgitation, aortic obstruc- tion and regurgitation, (o) Mitral obstruction and re- CARDIAC MUKMUK.S. 195 gurgitation, and so on. From the foregoing, it will be observed that obstruction and regurgitation may, and do, exist at the same orifice. This is j^erfectly true, for while the orilice may be constricted, the valves may be prevented from closing by being fixed open by adhesion. As already mentioned, in a general way, valvular le- sions usually produce enlargement of the heart. It may now be further stated that each valvular lesion is followed by enlargement, peculiar to itself. This is of the" greatest imjDortance in making a diagTiosis, and should never be lost sight of by the examiner. In speaking of enlargement, also, not only is dilatation, or hyxDertrophy, meant, but both— dilated hypertrophy, or hypertrophous dilatation. Now as to whether dilatation occurs first and hyper- trophy afterward, authors again disagree. It seems reasonable that the two should proceed together, until the time arrives when hypertrophy ceases. Then un- comiDensated dilatation alone remains. That is the usual, ine\T.table tendency, if the patient lives long enough and does not die meantime of some complica- tion or fatal intercurrent disease. The particular enlargements (hypertrophous dilata- tions, or dilated hypertroi^hies) following the various lesions respectively, will be considered with each case of valvular disease. Cakdiac MuK^ruES. Cardiac murmurs "are adventitious sounds heard in connection with the heart in addition to, or in the jAace of, those sounds that exist in health. When due to organic disease they are termed organic murmurs. 196 PHYSICAL DIAGIS'OSIS. But when due to anaemia or XDerverted cardiac action they are said to be inorganic, or simplj^ functional. Either of these two classes of murmurs may originate Avithout or within the heart, the former being termed pericardial (exocardial), the latter endocardial mur- murs. They may also exist together or seiDarately. EXDOCAEDIAL MuRMUES. Yalvular lesions usually give rise to enlargement of the heart, and are generally accompanied by permanent murmurs. The latter assist greatly in making a correct diagnosis in each case, according to their location, areas of conduction and transmission, and also by their rhythm or time of occurrence with regard to the sounds of the heart. The properties, or elements, of murmur- sounds (quality, pitch, intensity, and duration) are also of some importance, particularly the quality, but these are secondary to other considerations, as will be seen. The loudness or feebleness of a murmur does not indi- cate the amount or gravity of the lesion gi^^ing rise to it. This is better told by the change in the form and size of the heart produced, and other considerations to be noted. The fact that a murmur is heard about the heart is no sign of itself that the heart is diseased at all, since there are many murmurs that are independent of actual cardiac disease, however closely they may imi- tate true organic cardiac murmurs. It is the business of the examiner to distinguish between them, as can usually be done by careful and intelligent observation. There are other considerations, therefore, far more im- portant than the mere fact of the presence of a mur- mur in connection with the examination of the heart. MITTvAL ^iri^MUKS. 197 Individual murmurs usually have certain points of maximum intensity, as well as areas of convection, con- duction, or transmission, provided tiiey are of the aver- age intensity. But it sometimes happens that any murmur may be so loud as to be heard all over the body, whereas that which is usually the loudest mur- mur may be, or become, so feeble as to be heard with difficulty, if at all, at its point of maximum intensity. We will now consider the murmurs and other physical signs characteristic of valvular lesions, in the regular order of their occuiTence. MUEMUES HEAED LOUDEST AT THE ApEX. — MiTEAL MUEMUES. We have already shown that there are four points on the front of the chest wall where the various heart- sounds and murmurs may be heard respectively in their maximum intensity. Mitral murmurs, for instance, are heard loudest at the apex, tricuspid murmurs over the ensiform cartilage, aortic murmurs usually over the aortic interspace, and pulmonary murmurs over the pulmonary interspace. Omitting pericardial and pleuro-cardial friction sounds, to be presently considered, there are five mur- murs heard only, or loudest, at the apex, and are con- sequently referable to the mitral orifice and left ventri- cle. Four of these murmurs are systolic in time, and one prsesystolic. The four systolic murmurs are the mitral regurgitant, intra-ventricular, dynamic, and cardio-respiratory. Of these, the mitral regurgitant and intra-ventricular murmurs are organic, the dynamic and cardio-respiratory being inorganic, or functional. 198 PHYSICAL DIAGNOSIS. The prsesystolic murmur is also organic, being due to mitral obstruction. Of these five mitral ajDex murmurs, therefore, three are organic and two are inorganic, or functional. Compare the following table : Mitral or Apex Murmurs Systolic Mitral Regurgitant Intra- Ventricular. Dvnamio -* ^^eurotie origin. uj namic , jy^^ ^^ Anaemia. Cardio-respiratory. Praesystolic . . Mitral Obstructive. Mitral REGUEGiTATioisr. Mitral regurgitation (reflex insufiiciency) is the most frequent of all valvular lesions of the heart. It is usu- ally a j)rimary result of endocarditis, although it may be relative or secondary to aortic regurgitation, or even marked aortic obstruction, which might lead to such dilated hypertrophy of the left ventricle that the mitral valves would become insufficient. Such cases are, how- ever, comparatively rare, and, as akeady said, it is nearly always the direct result of endocarditis affecting the mitral valves themselves. ]Mitral regurgitation leads to the following change in the form of the normal heart: (1) enlargement (dilated hypertrophy) of the left auricle ; (2) enlargement of the left ventricle, and (3) enlargement of the right ventricle. It is easy to understand why the left auricle and right ventricle become enlarged. The blood regurgi- tating back into tlie left auricle during ventricular sys- tole, instead of going on through the aortic orifice, gives the left auricle increased work to do, and it nec- essarily becomes enlarged (dilated hAiDertrophy). In the same way, the blood forced back on the lungs gives the right ventricle more work to do in driving blood MITRAL KEGURGITATIOlSr. 199 through the hmgs. But just why the left yeutrlcle be- comes enlarged also, the mechanism is 'not so clear. As Walshe says, the enlargement of the left ventricle in these cases "is plainly supplemental; though it is difficult to see how a condition that makes i-egurgita- tion more forcible, can tend to balance the evils arising from it." In regard to this point, my attention was called by my clinical assistant. Dr. William C. Rives, to Vierordt, of Leipsic, who, says truly, that " the left ventricle first becomes dilated from having blood under abnormally high jDressure, and increased in quantity, driven into it during its diastole by the enlarged left auricle. The ventricle then becomes hypertrojAied in order to dispose of this extra quantity of blood, partly forward into the aorta, and partly backward into the left auricle." That seems to be the correct view of the matter, but whatever theories there may be about it, one thing is certain, and that is that in mitral regurgi- tation the left ventricle becomes enlarged in some way from overwork. xlnother x)oint is not to be overlooked. The second sound of the heart is louder, usually, than normal over both the x^ulmonary and aortic interspaces (second in- terspaces on the left and right side of the sternum re- spectively). But as heard over the pulmonary inter- space it is often somewhat louder (accentuated) than that heard over the aortic intersiDace, the latter being the weaker of the two, owing to regurgitation at the mitral orifice. The reason for this accentuation of the second sound of the heart over the pulmonary inter- space is obvious. Owing to enlargement (dilated hy- 200 PHYSICAL DIAGXOSIS. pertropliy) of tlie right ventricle, tlie blood is thrown with increased force into the pulmonary artery, and owing to increased tension in that vessel, the valves close more forcibly, until relative tricuspid insufficiency occurs. This phenomenon is still more marked in mi- tral obstruction, as we shall see. The radial pidse ^^^.ll be found also in mitral regur- gitation to be irregular in size, sometimes large, some- times small, and generally compressible. It may also inter-mit, but irregular rhythm is not peculiar to any vahiilar lesion, as we shall see when speaking of ir- regular rhythm in general (p. 264). Fig. 23.— Diagram of Sphygmographic Tracing of Pulse in Mitral Regurgitation. (Walshe.) In the early existence of mitral regurgitation, before enlargement has had time to occur, as in other lesions, or toward the end^ when there are dilation and feeble- ness of action, with perhaps pulmonary infarctions and other complications that are likely to arise, the phys- ical signs are not usually so clear. But in general they are as follows : Inspection. — The ai)ex-beat is usually visible, owing to its force from enlargement, and is observed to be displaced downward and outside of the mammillary line, indicating enlargement of the left ventricle. This is of the utmost imjjortance in the diagnosis of this disease. The heart's impulse is usually seen to be more MITKAL KEGUKGITATIOX. 201 forcible than normal . Sometimes, in persons with thin chest walls, left auricular impulse is observed in the pulmonary (left second) interspace, and Avill be one of two kinds : (1) systolic, if communicated to the auricle from the ventricle; or (2) prsesj'stolic (auriculo-sys- tolic), if due to hypertrophy of the auricle. As the case progresses, jugular pulsation on the right side of the neck may h<^ observed, due to relative tricus- PiG. 34. — Diagram of the Heart iu .uicrai Regui-gitation. Left Ventricle, Left Auricle, and Right Ventricle are seen to be Enlarged — compare normal heart. pid insufficiency from enlargement of the right ven- tricle. Palpation. — The apex-beat will be felt downward and outward away from its normal position, and the heart's impulse will be felt to be generally increased in force. Pulsation near the ensiform cartilage is some- times seen and felt, and is due to enlargement and forcible action of the right ventricle. The latter sign is not so well marked here as in general emphysema, when the right ventricle alone is enlarged, and the 202 PHYSICAL DIAGNOSIS. whole heart is also pushed down by the increased vol- ume of the lungs. Purring Thrill. — In some cases of mitral regurgita- tion, a systolic purring thrill is distinctly felt, especially if the palm of the hand is jDlaced very lightly over the lower prsecordium. It is usually felt in the fourth in- terspace, on or near the mammillary line. Purring thrill here, as in other cases of valvular disease, depends for its production upon three abnormal factors: (1) in- creased capacity of the heart, (2) increased propelling force, and (3) an abnormal orifice. It will not be pro- duced by increased force and an abnormal orifice alone. Besides hypertrophy, there must also be enlargement of the cavity of the heart, with a certain amount of thinness of its walls, as seen after dilatation has oc- curred to some extent. With increased capacity and force, and a stream of blood driven through a button- hole orifice, for instance, thrill is almost certain to oc- cur. But it may also be due in some instances, I think, to a ribbon-like vegetation, with one end free and vi- brating in the course of the blood current. However this may be, thrill is not a constant phenomenon. It will disappear from changes in the orifice, or after hy- pertrophy ceases to compensate, and the walls of the heart become weak. The disappearance of thrill, there- fore, after it has once been present, would seem to be not always a favorable sign. Percussion. — The areas of both deep and superficial dullness are enlarged, the latter especially, downward and to the left. Dullness over the left auricle, especi- ally among those with thin chest walls, is more marked MITRAL EEGUEGITATIOjST. 203 and extends beyond the normal limits already men- tioned. Auscultation. — A blowing systolic murmur is heard, but loudest at the apex, for reasons already given (p. 189), and the second sound of the heart is usually more or less accentuated over the pulmonary (left second) interspace, since the enlarged right ventricle would cause greater tension in. the pulmonary artery, with consequently more forcible closure of the ]3ulmonary valves than would be the case in the aorta. After tri- cuspid insufficiency occurs, this accentuation is not so marked. This nuirmur has various other names, such as mitral systolic, mitral indirect, and mitral insuffi- cient. The mitral regurgitant (systolic, indirect, insuffi- cient) murmur is, as already stated, usually blowing in quality, and occurs with, or takes the place of, the first (systolic) sound of the heart. It also occurs, therefore, with the apex-beat. By paying attention to the last named point, the time of the murmur can usually be fixed, even if the heart's rhythm be irregu- lar. The following diagram represents the mitral re- gurgitant murmur: Vi-pli diip I 1 I ^1 I Musical Murmurs. — Sometimes these and other murmurs are musical, instead of possessing a blowing, blubbering, rough, or other quality. This quality is of no particular import, but simply indicates that " prom- inent spiculse or fibrinous particles, of vibratile charac- ter, project into the current, or else that rigid vibratile edges bound a narrow, chink-like opening " (Walshe). 204 PHYSICAL DIAGjSTOSIS. A7^ea of Tjxinsmission. — If the murmur be a very feeble one, as may occur in cases of long standing, with, marked dilatation of the heart and feebleness of its action, especially if the chest walls be thick and fleshy, it may be heard only at the apex, and then with diffi- culty. But if it be heard anywhere it will usually be at the apex, which is composed of the left ventricle, the right ventricle being in .front of the body of the left. But if the mitral regurgitant murmur be a very loud one, especially if it be musical, as sometimes hap- pens with any murmur, as already described, then it may not only be heard at the apex, but all over the chest. The average mitral regurgitant murmur may, however, besides being heard loudest at the apex, be also heard over three other localities: (1) posteriorly, between the inferior angle of the scapula and body of the eighth dorsal vertebra, or thereabouts ; (2) along the left lateral base of the chest ; and (3) over the left auri- cle and to the left of it. In the first case, we are listen- ing directly over the site of the mitral valves, and this is perhajDS the only case in which we listen directly over the site of the valves of the heart for sounds in connection with them. Though usually heard behind at that point, it is not necessarily heard there. The murmur may be too weak, as already stated; or the j)atient may have an emphysematous lung interposed; or, as in the case of a lady from Canada, whom I exam- ined, the murmur was distinctly heard behind, until accidentally falling ill with pleurisy with effusion, the murmur disappeared posteriorly, and though she made a fair recovery from the i3leurisy, the murmur never again returned to that jjoint. Enlarged bronchial MITRAL REGURGITATlOlSr. 2U5 glands and other acoustic impediments evidently might prevent such a murmur from being heard behind. (2) Besides hearing the mitral regurgitant murmur at the heart's apex, and posteriorly over the mitral valves, it is sometimes, not always, transmitted from the apex along the ribs to the left; but it is not so transmitted to the point behind that has been men- tioned. Why is it that this murmur is sometimes heard transmitted along the ribs to the left, and some- times not? There are two classes of causes. First and chiefly, if the right ventricle becomes very much en- larged, it acts as a wedge between the left ventricle and the chest wall, and pushes the left ventricle back so far that it is impossible for the ribs to take u}) the sound. In these cases it will be very distinct posteriorly, not so much as is usual at the apex, and not heard at all to the left. Such conditions would indicate a very ,large right ventricle. The second class of causes would be l^leurisy with effusion, thickened pleura, emphysema, or some other acoustic imjoediment. (3) Lastly, if the left auricle be greatly enlarged and the murmur be communicated to it, the murmur may be heard in the third and even second, interspace on the left of the sternum, over the site of the left auricle, and thence transmitted to the left axilla. Diagnosis of Mitral Regurgitation. — If the exist- ence of mitral regurgitant murmur can be established, the diagnosis is complete. But the extent of the lesion here, as elsewhere, cannot be accurately estimated by the properties of the murmur, but by the amount of cardiac enlargement produced. Pericardial (exo-cardial) friction sounds are super- 2. O PHYSICAL DIAGiS^OSIS. licial, rubbing, chiTrning, grazing or creaking in quality, are not transmitted beyond the limits of the heart, change in intensity with position of the patient in leaning forward or backward, or by pressure with the stethoscope, and have no fixed relation in time to the heart-sounds. Pleuro-cardial, or pleuritic friction sounds, near by, may be kept up by the heart's impnlse, and do not necessarily cease ujpon holding the breath, but are easily distinguished by their quality and the circumscribed area to which they are limited. There remain three other systolic apex murmurs, which may very closely imitate the mitral regurgitant, and it is necessary to know how to distinguish them. They are (1) intra- ventricular murmurs, termed also by Flint and others the mitral systolic non-regurgitant murmur, (2) dy- namic, and (3) cardio-respiratory murmurs. Intra-ven- tricular murmurs are organic, whereas the dynamic and cardio-respiratory murmurs are inorganic, or func- tional. (1) Intra-ventricular Tnurmurs, when they exist, are usually so feeble that they may be heard at the apex only, or base. In either case they are always systolic, and due to lesions somewhere within the ven- tricle, instead of affecting the orifices or valves. Some of the intra-ventricular murmurs are heard only at the apex, others at the base, others again more or less over the whole heart. They are due to roughening of the ventricular endocardium, misattachment of a chord, fibrinous shreds across the blood current, thickening and roughening of chords, twisting of columnge carnese, inflammatory vegetations on the wall of the ventricle, MITKAL KEGUKGITATIUX. 207 and cardiac ventricular aneurism. In the latter case the ventricle is enlarged, and it may be impossible to make a diagnosis; but in all other cases of intra- ven- tricular murmurs the diagnosis is easy, since the cause of their x>roduction is not a cause for enlargement or perceptible interference with the circulation. The mur- murs of this variety are usually weak, and for that reason only are restricted to a spot over the apex, and are not transmitted anywhere, or heard posteriorly. The prognosis in the two cases would be entirely differ- ent. For whereas mitral regurgitation is usually fatal in course of time, owing to pulmonary congestion, sec- ondary tricuspid insufficiency, hemorrhagic infarctions of the lungs, and cardiac dropsy, intra-ventricular lesions may be of little or no imj)ortance, though suffi- cient to produce a murmur. (2) Dynamic Murmurs. — These murmurs are due to some perverted action of the heart, and are observed sometimes in choreic subjects. The heart is a volun- tary muscle, and hence subject to choreic, irregular movements, like other voluntary muscles. Conse- quently, during systole, some of the columnse camese twitch and pull the mitral valves open, causing a faint munnur, which is only audible at the ai)ex. Not only so, but it is not necessarily associated with left ven- tricular, or other cardiac enlargement, and, moreover, the dynamic murmur from this cause is very incon- stant, dependent, as it is, upon choreic movements which are absolutely uncertain. It is sometimes found, also, in those who are nervous from other causes, as among hysterical women, tobacco smokers, and rarely among those nervous from abuse of alcohol. It is also 208 PHYSICAL DIAGJN^OSIS. heard sometimes in epileptic subjects. But in all sucli cases the murmur is weak, and hence limited to the aj)ex usually, is not necessarily attended with enlarge- ment of the heart, and, above all, is inconstant. Dynamic murmurs, instead of being of neurotic ori- gin, may also be due to anaemia. 'No truly hsemic murmur is ever heard at the apex, unless produced by heart clot, which is very rare. But hgemic murmurs due to the watery condition of the blood are heard only at the base and over the pulmonary interspace, unless caught uj) by the aorta, and are caused by watery venous blood, as will be considered fully when speak- ing of basic murmurs. That angemia does give rise indirectly, or dynamically, to a systolic apex murmur, besides causing all cardiac murmurs to be louder than they would be otherwise, by increasing vibratility of tissues, cannot be denied. But such a systolic apex murmur should not, strictly speaking, be termed an anaemic murmur, but a dynamic murmur due to anae- mia. The mode of its production is as follows: The heart becomes flabby, and the papillary muscles become weak from fatty degeneration, according to Guttmann and others, thus allowing the mitral valves to recoil too far, so as to cause a slight backward leakage ; or else temporary dilatation from anaemia may allow a vortiginous (eddjang) movement of the blood within the ventricle, or misdirection of its current, sufiicient to give rise to a systolic murmur. The masturbator's systolic apex murmur, described by Walshe, and attributed by him to nervous in- fluence, may also be due to the anaemic condition of the XJatient. MITRAL OBSTKUCTIOX. 209 By curing such patients of their iin«3mia l)y means of iron and nutritions diet, these murmurs will disap- pear, it is true, but even then they are not to be regarded as true liaemic murmurs, though venous hum be also present, but as dynamic murmurs due to the anremic condition. The venous hum in the neck, ^^dtll which they are usually associated, will be fully considered in connection with basic heart murmurs. (3) Cardio-respiratory murmurs are always sys- tolic, and heard at the end of a full inspiration, as the heart's imj)ulse may force air out of some vesicles or cavities near by, with a sound that sometimes imitates the cardiac systolic murmur ; or the respiratory mur- mur itself may sound like a heart murmur during sys- tole. Simply have the patient hold the breath after expiration, and the imitation heart murmur at once ceases. It is always a good rule, during auscultation of the heart, to have the patient hold the breath at least once for each point examined. Mitral Obstruction. Mitral obstruction (constriction, stenosis) is said by some authors to be idiopathic, or congenital, and not traceable to previous rheumatic endocarditis, or other disease. In these cases it chiefly affects women and children. But it not infrequently does result from rheumatic endocarditis in the young of both sexes. Aortic, rather than mitral lesions, are apt to occur after middle life. Mitral obstruction leads to enlargement (1) of the left auricle, and (2) of the right ventricle, and by en- 14 210 PHYSICAL DIxVGNOSiy. largement is meant here, as elsewhere, dilated hyper- trophy. The difference in enlargement, therefore, in mitral obstruction and regurgitation, is the left ventricle. In obstruction it is not only not enlarged, but, on the con- trary, somewhat smaller than normal, from diminished volume of blood entering it ; but in mitral regurgita- tion it is enlarged, as already mentioned. In mitral obstruction the left auricle becomes enlarged, from the Fig. 25. — Enlargement of the Left Auricle and Right Ventricle in Mitral Obstruction. effort to drive blood through an obstructed orifice, and the blood, being prevented from leaving the lungs freely, the right ventricle becomes enlarged from the extra task of driving the blood through them. The fact that the left ventricle is not enlarged in mitral ob- struction is of the greatest imjoortance in making a correct diagnosis. The second sound of the heart is usually accentuated in the pulmonary interspace, for reasons already given (p. 199), and weakened in the aortic interspace, for the reason that tlie left ventricle MITRAL OBSTRUCTION. 211 is somewhat atrophied, with consequent diminished tension in the aorta. The difference is more marked here than in mitral regurgitation. In addition to this accentuation, the second sound is also reduplicated at the base in about one third of all cases, as the pulmonary valves close not only more forcibly than the aortic, due to increased tension in the pulmonary artery, from enlargement of the right ventricle, but also earlier than the aortic valves, for the same reason. The radial pulse is not noticeably affected in mitral obstruction, nor is the heart's rhythm necessarily dis- turbed, but is generally regular. The physical signs of mitral obstruction are : Inspection. — The apex-beat, if seen at all, will usu- ally be within the mammillary line, as the left ventricle is not enlarged. It may be pushed out a little, how- ever, by enlargement of the right ventricle. The apex- beat will be observed to be not more forcible, perhaps, than in health. But there may be observed in those having thin chest walls a left auricular systolic im- pulse over the left third interspace, owing to enlarge- ment of the left auricle. This impulse immediately precedes the apex-beat, and with regard to the latter is prsesystolic. Pulsation of the enlarged right ventricle will not be observed usually, unless the heart be lowered from some cause, when it will be observed near the end of the ensiform cartilage, as in general vesicular em- physema. Mitral obstruction occurring in children appears to be not infrequently associated with the so-called pigeon- breast. The flattening is especially well-marked in 212 PHYSICAL DIAGNOSIS. the lower prsecordial region on the left of the sternum. Whether this is mere coincidence in a certain number of cases, or due to atrophy of the left ventricle, or to lack of nutrition in general, from imperfect cardiac function, is not exactly known. As the case progresses and relative insufficiency of the tricuspid valves occurs, due to excessive dilated hypertrophy of the right ventricle, jugular pulsation on the right side of the neck, and afterward also on the left side, will be observed. Then follows cardiac dropsy, commencing in the feet. Palpation. — The apex -beat may be felt to be not markedly displaced or increased, and there may be some pulsation near the end of the ensiform cartilage, due to enlargement of the right ventricle, if the heart be sufficiently lowered. But what is most distinctiYO is the presystolic thrill often felt about the left fourth interspace. By placing the palm of the hand lightly over the part, the thrill may be felt immediately before the apex-beat, and it is characteristic of mitral ob- struction, though not always XDresent. It is due to the forcible contraction of the enlarged left auricle in its endeavor to force the blood through an obstructed ori- fice. The general mode of production is the same here as in regurgitation (which see, p. 202) and elsewhere, and, like that, is not permanent. Auricular impulse, prsesystolic in time with regard to tlie apex-beat, is sometimes felt. Percussion. — The area of dullness over the left auri- cle and right ventricle is enlarged, but what is known as the superficial area of cardiac dullness is not so much enlarged as in mitral regurgitation, since in mi- MITRAL OBSTKUCTIOX. 213 tral obstruction the left ventricle is not enlarged, and a small part of the siix^ei-ficial area of dullness is nor- mally formed of the left ventricle. jLuscultatloii. — A blabbering j)r?esystolic murmur, like vibrating the letter r with the tongue, or vibra- ting the flaccid lips by blowing forcibly (expiration) through them while they are closed (Flint), is usually heard loudest at the apex, and limited to that region, though it may be conveyed up to the fourth interspace by the blood current, and in some rare cases is so loud as to be heard behind — in fact, all over the chest. The second sound of the heart is usually accentuated over the iDulmonary interspace. The murmur has various names, such as presystolic, direct, constrictive, stenotic, and so on. As the murmur in regurgitation is termed regurgitant, so in obstruction it may be called obstruct- ant or obstructive. The mitral obstructive (direct, stenotic, constrictive, presystolic) murmur is usually blubbering in quality, as already stated, and unless it is blubbering it is usu- ally absent altogether, for this is the only organic heart murmur that may appear and disappear. All other organic heart murmurs are permanent. The reason why it is blubbering, as Flint explains, is because of the vibration of the free edges of the valves, the orifice between them being narrow and bottonhole-like. It is like throwing the flaccid lips into vibration, by forcibly expelling the breath while the mouth is gently closed, which, as Flint truly states, " represents not only the characteristic quality of the murmur, but the mode of its production." AYhen the edges of the mitral valves, instead of being flaccid, become fixed from inflamma- 214 PHYSICAL DIAGNOSIS. tion or any other cause, the blubbering murmur ceases and there may be none to take its place. In other cases regurgitation may very soon follow. The follow- ing diagram represents the mitral obstructive mur- mur: r-r-iih clup I 1 I — H 1 This blubbering murmur at the apex, according to Flint, is sometimes due to aortic regurgitation, causing a secondary, or relative, mitral obstruction. In this case the edges of the healthy mitral valves are thrown into vibration slightly by the blood from the left auri- cle, while they are being closed by the backward press- ure of blood due to aortic regurgitation. This is differ- ent from the aortic diastolic regurgitant murmur that is sometimes transmitted faintly to the apex. The mitral obstructive murmur is never due to ange- mia, or any other functional or inorganic cause. It is always an organic murmur, due usually to mitral ob- struction primarily, and rarely to aortic regurgitation, which causes a secondary, or relative mitral obstruction. The idea that there is no such thing, in fact, as a mitral obstructive (prsesystolic, direct, stenotic, constrictive) murmur, but that it is really regurgitant, originated, it appears, with Barclay. Dickinson and others have followed Barclay in this notion, but Gairdner, Balfour, Bristowe, Flint, Loomis, and many others have demon- strated quite clearly that Barclay and his followers were mistaken. For according to Bristowe, for in- stance, if the mitral obstructive (prsesystolic, direct, stenotic, constrictive) murmur is really regurgitant, due to prolonged contraction of the ventricle, then in >HTKAL OBSTKUCTIOX. 215 aortic obstruction there ought also to be a prsesystolic aortic obstructive murmur, a clear case of reductio ad ahsurdum. Moreover, post-mortem examination sets the whole matter at rest in favor of the mitral prse- systolic (obstnictive) murmur. This murmur was pointed out, in 1841, by Gendrin, of Paris, who called it pr^esystolic. It was first claimed to be due to mitral obstruction by Fauvel, of Paris, in 1843. In 1861, Gairdner, of Glasgow, named it left auriculo systolic murmur. It is also sometimes called post-diastolic. Guttmann calls it a diastolic murmur. Flint, however, makes the mitral diastolic murmur to be different from the mitral pr?esystolic murmur proper, and says that it is caused by the rush of blood through and over abnormal structures before the auricle con- tracts. It is simply a part of the same murmur, and may be said to be a distinction without a difference. It is simj)ly the first part of a prolonged mitral ob- structive murmur, which occupies the whole of diastole instead of being merely prsesystolic. Area of Transmission. — The mitral obstructive murmur is usually limited to the region of the apex, or conveyed up the ventricle to the fourth interspacej unless it is very loud, when, in some cases, it may also be heard posteriorly. Why is not this murmur usu- ally heard i^osteriorly at a i^oint between the inferior angle of the scapula and body of the seventh or eighth dorsal vertebra, as in, the case of mitral regurgitation? Simply because the murmur, being made in the direc- tion of the blood current, and not against it, is not held at the mitral orifice long enough to be heard, but is at once carried down to the apex, where it is heard. On 216 PHYSICAL DIAGNOSIS. the other hand, the mitral regurgitant murmur is con- Teyed backward toward the ear, when auscultating posteriorly, and it is held there long enough to be heard. Why is not the mitral obstructive (prsesystolic, direct, stenotic, constrictive) murmur transmitted along the chest walls to the left, as in the case of mitral re- gurgitant murmur? Simjoly because in mitral obstruc- tion, the left ventricle is not enlarged and the right ventricle, which does become enlarged, and is in front of the left, wedges off the latter from the chest w^alls, so that it does not come near enough for them to pick up the sound of the murmur. The murmur also is presystolic, and occurs before the apex could reach the chest walls, even if the enlarged right ventricle were not between the apex and the chest walls. Diagnosis. — Mitral obstructive murmur w^ould not be mistaken for mitral regurgitant, but that sometimes the cardiac rhythm is so irregular, and the sounds may so nearly resemble each other, that it is difficult to tell the first sound from the second. In these cases, as w^ell as where the rhythm is perfectly regular, the changes effected in the form and size of the heart are not to be overlooked. For besides the fact that mitral obstruct- ive murmur is prsesystolic in time, limited to the apex, and blubbering in quality, while mitral regur- gitant is systolic in time, usually heard behind, as well as at the apex, sometimes transmitted along the left lateral base of the chest, and blowing in quality, it must not be forgotten that in mitral obstruction the left ventricle is not enlarged, while in mitral regurgi- tation it is enlarged, with corresponding displacement of the apex-beat downward and outward, usually out- MITRAL REGURGITATIOIN^ AND OBSTRUCTION. 217 side of the manimillui-y line. Aortic regurgitant sounds, though sometimes conveyed to the apex, are attended with enlarged left ventricle, besides being purely diastolic in time, and are not heard loudest at the apex. A rather faint mitral presystolic murmur may some- times be heard, due to relative or secondary obstruc- tion to the onward flow of blood in some rare cases of aortic regurgitation. The mitral murmur in such cases is not usually attended with aj)preciable enlargement of the right ventricle, and accentuation of the second sound in the pulmonary interspace. Mitral Regurgitation and Obstruction. This combination of lesions not infrequently exists, and, according to Walshe, is fifth in the order of fre- quency, mitral regurgitation being more often asso- ciated with aortic obstruction. While the mitral ori- fice is constricted the valves may be prevented from closure by adhesion. In such a case there would be both regurgitation and obstruction at the same orifice. Usually, there is but one murmur in these cases, the mitral regurgitant, since, as already remarked, the mi- tral obstructive murmur usually ceases when the free edges of the valves become fixed and cannot vibrate. Sometimes, however, both murmurs are heard, the prse- systolic and systolic — the former at the apex and trans- mitted upward with the blood current toward the fourth interspace, the latter also at the apex, but trans- mitted around toward the left, and sometimes heard posteriorly. The left ventricle, the left auricle, and 218 PHYSICAL DIAGNOSIS. right ventricle are enlarged, and the second sonnd is more or less accentuated in the pulmonary inters^Dace. Tricuspid Regurgitation. Tricuspid murmurs are usually so feeble that they are audible, as a rule, only over the ensiform cartilage. And inasmuch as the tricuspid obstruction (prsesys- tolic, direct, stenotic, constrictive) murmur is so rare that it may practically be throAvn out altogether, there remains only the tricuspid regurgitant murmur to be sought for in connection with suspected tiicuspid lesions. Tricuspid regurgitation (reflex, insufficiency) is commonly secondary or relative to enlargement (di- lated hypertrophy) of the right ventricle, due to mitral regurgitation or obstruction, or to general vesicular emphysema. In all of these cases, as we have seen, the right ventricle in time becomes enlarged from the extra work put upon it in order to drive forward an impeded pulmonary circulation. After a while, in some of these cases, not all, the tricusj)id valves become so widely separated that tricus]3id regurgitation A^lth jugular pulsation and cardiac dropsy result. Primary or actual tricuspid regurgitation sometimes is met with, and then it is the result of foetal endo- carditis, as has already been referred to. It leads to enlargement of the right ventricle. The tricusj)id re- gurgitant murmur is systolic in time and bloAving in quality, but is usually so feeble that, as has already been stated, it is confined to a small area over the ensi- form cartilage. Sometimes the aortic regurgitant mur- mur is so transmitted down the sternum that it is TRICUSPID UEaURGITATIOJvr. 219 heard only over the ensiforni cartilage, but tricuspid regurgitant murmur is systolic, while aortic regurgitant is diastolic in time. The latter is also accompanied by enlargement of the left ventricle and other signs to be described. The mitral regurgitant murmur is systolic in time, but it is heard loudest at the apex and trans- mitted to the left, besides being usually heard pos- teriorly. It sometimes exists with tricuspid regurgita- tion, so that the two murmurs run into each other. In this case the other signs of tricusxDid regurgitation are to be considered, such as jugular pulsation, cyanosis, cardiac dropsy and pulmonary cedema. The character of the radial pulse is not affected by valvular disturb- ances of the right side of the heart. The rhythm is, however, sometimes irregular, esi:)ecially in general vesicular emphysema (p. 266). There are no intra- ven- tricular, dynamic, or cardio-res^Diratory murmurs to be considered usually in differentiating the tricuspid re- gurgitant murmur. Should any such case arise, the same rules hold good in regard to them, and peri- cardial, or pleuro-cardial, friction sounds, as in mitral regurgitation, to which the reader is referred. Jugular Pulsation. — This phenomenon was first observed by Lancisi, of Rome, in 1728. It is usually systolic, but is sometimes also praesystolic. Systolic Jugular pulsation is accounted for as follows: In tricuspid insufficiency from any cause, venous blood is forced back during systole through the tricuspid orifice into the right auricle, and against the column of blood in the ven?e cav?e. The superior vena cava, right vena innominata, and right internal jugular vein, form a sort of consolidated, straight, trunk line, so to speak, 220 PHYSICAL DIAGNOSIS. and there is no valve in the way until we come to the lower end of the internal jugular vein, just at the root of the neck. Consequently, this systolic pulsation of venous blood always first occurs on the right side at the root of the neck. After that valve gives way, the pulsation extends up to the second valve, and finally Fig. 26.— Jugular Pulsation. Position and Relation of the Veins of the Neck. may reach the angle of the jaw. Meantime, it begins to appear also on the left side, but not so forcibly, as the backward shoclt has to go round a curve. In time, all the veins about the neck may participate in this curious phenomenon. Slight systolic jugular pulsation may, according to Bamberger, sometimes be observed on the right side, at the root of the neck, even when the tricuspid valves are not actually insufficient. In right ventricular enlargement a slight backward shock AORTIC 3IUPvMURS. 221 may even be imparted througli the tricuspid valves themselves. Prsesystolic jugular i)ulsation is sometimes seen in cases of right auricular overflow, during contraction of the right auricle, and just before systole of the right ventricle, but it is rare. It sometimes occurs in tricus- pid insuf3.ciency, but tricusioid obstruction would also favor its production. Teictjspid Obsteijctiois". This lesion is very rare, and even when it is present there is usually no murmur heard with it. This is probably owing to the feebleness of the venous blood current as compared with the arterial, and the weak- ness of the right auricle as compared with the left. Usually, it is only on post-mortem examination that tricuspid obstruction is found to have existed. Should there be any murmur present it would be presystolic, as in the case of mitral obstruction, but the muiTuur would be limited to the region of the en- siform cartilage. The right auricle would be likely to become enlarged, but no particular change in the form and size of the heart is known. The radial pulse would be unaffected. MUEMIJES HEAED LOUDEST AT THE BASE. AOETIC MUEMUES. We have seen that we listen over the apex and ensi- form cartilage, respectively, in order to hear mitral and tricuspid murmurs in their maximum intensity. We 222 PHYSICAL DIAGNOSIS. now come to a third point on the front of the chest walls, which is the aortic interspace, or the right second interspace, being that between the second and third costal cartilages, on the right of the sternum. Here we listen for murmurs referable to the aortic orifice in their maximum intensity, for reasons already given (p. 188). Omitting pericardial and pleuro-cardial friction sounds, already described under mitral regurgitation (p. 198), there are six basic murmurs heard only, or loudest, over the aortic interspace, and are consequently referable to the aortic orifice, the aorta itself, or the * left ventricle. Five of these murmurs are systolic in time, and one is diastolic. The five systolic murmurs are the aortic obstructive, intra-arterial, intra- ventricu- lar, dynamic, and cardio-respiratory. Of these, the aortic obstructive, intra-arterial, and intra-ventricular murmurs are organic, the dynamic and cardio-respira- tory being inorganic, or functional. The diastolic mur- mur is also organic, being due to aortic regurgitation. Of these six aortic basic murmurs, therefore, four are organic, and two are inorganic or functional. Compare the following table : Aortic Basic Murmurs Systolic Aortic Obstructive. Intra-Arterial. Intra- Ventricular. Dynamic j g^-'iflSe'jgS; Cardio-respiratory. Diastolic . . Aortic Regurgitant. By comparing this table with that of mitral apex murmurs (p. 198), we have here, in addition, the intra- arterial murmurs. We also have the aortic systolic AORTIC OBSTKUCTIOX. 223 obstructive murmur in x)lace of the mitral systolic re- gurgitant murmur, and the aortic diastolic regurgitant instead of the mitral jDrsesystolic (or diastolic, as it is called by Guttmann) obstructive murmur. In other words, the mitral regurgitant and aortic obstructive murmurs are systolic, while the mitral obstructive and aortic regurgitant are chiefly diastolic in time. Aortic Obstructiojst. Aortic obstruction (constriction, stenosis) is the cause of enlargement of only the left ventricle, as a rule. It is the least harmful of all valvular lesions. The reason for enlargement of the left ventricle in this disease is obvious, as it has more work to do to drive blood through the obstructed aortic orifice, and the degree of enlargement will be in proportion to the amount of ob- struction. The second sound over the puhnonary inter- space remains normal, as the right ventricle is not af- fected, but the second sound over the aortic interspace is weak, owing to the obstruction and diminished amount of blood thrown into the aorta. The first sound at the apex may be strong. The radial pulse is regular, as a rule, but in marked cases it is small, hard, and rigid. The physical signs are: Inspection. — The apex-beat is displaced downward and outward from its normal locality, in projDortion to enlargement of the left ventricle. The cardiac impulse is usually seen to be more forcible than normal. Palpation. — The apex-beat is felt to be somewhat displaced downward and outward, and to be increased in force. Basic systolic thrill is sometimes felt, but 224 PHYSICAL DIAGNOSIS. only in those cases where dilated hypertrophy is well marked. Percussion. — The area of dullness is enlarged, es- pecially the area of superficial dullness, and the quality is more markedly dull, of course, in proportion to the amount of cardiac enlargement and displacement of pulmonary tissue. Auscultation. — The first sound is usually normal or louder, but the second sound over the aortic interspace AV. /fV Fig. 27. — ^Aortic Obstruction and Regurgitation, showing Enlargement of Left Ventricle. is weak, for reasons already given. A systolic basic murmur is heard, which has various names, such as aortic direct, obstructive, stenotic, and so on. This aortic obstructive (direct, stenotic, constrictive, sys- tolic) murmur is heard loudest, not directly over the site of the aortic valves (p. 188), but over the aortic or second interspace near the right edge of the sternum, where the most prominent part of the bulge of the aorta lies (Gray). The murmur is systolic in time, like the mitral regurgitant, and occurs with the first sound, AOKTIC OBSTKUCTIOX. :22o or rather just before the second. It may be represented by the following diagram : up ])h- tup I H I ^1 I Area of Transmission. — Though heard loudest over the aortic intersx)ace, the murmur, if loud enough, and is caught up by the sternum, may be transmitted along that bone from one end of it to the other. Besides this, it is often conveyed by the arteries into the neck, and sometimes may even be heard behind over the aorta on the left side of the spinal column. If it be loud enough, as when it is musical sometimes, it may be heard all over the chest. In rare cases it is heard eqnally loudly over the pulmonary interspace, simply because the pulmonary artery takes up the sound from the aorta, owing to their unusual proximity. But if the murmur is very feeble it avlLL with difficulty be heard, even at the aortic interspace as sometimes lia]o. pens. The loudness or feebleness of the murmur will give little or no true idea of the real extent of the lesion. The murmur is rendered more distinct by walking rapidly, or in case there be co-existing anae- mia. In all cases of doubt as to whether a murmur be present or not it is well to have the patient walk brisldy up and down the room several times, and then auscul- tate immediately ux^on stopping. Sometimes, however, a i)nrely dynamic murmur may be produced by this means. Diagnosis of Aortic Obstruction. — There are other systolic murmurs to be heard at the base that very closely resemble the true aortic obstructive, just as there are systolic murmurs at the apex to imitate the 15 226 PHYSICAL DIAGNOSIS. true mitral regurgitant. Omitting the pericardial and cardio-pleuritic adventitious sounds already differen- tiated when speaking of mitral regurgitation (j). 206), there remain the (1) intra-arterial and (2) intra- ven- tricular organic murmurs, besides the inorganic, or functional murmurs, (3) the dynamic, and (4) the car- dio-respiratory. (1) Intra-arterial Ifurmurs. — These are organic sys- tolic basic murmurs, due to roughening of the lining membrane of the ascending j3ortion of the aorta, in- flainmatory vegetations, co-arctation (bending together) of the aorta, slight constriction, sacculation or pouch- ing of the vessel near the heart, and pressure on the aorta near its origin from tumors or fluid in the peri- cardial sac. Though sufficient to produce a systolic basic murmur, they might not materially interfere with the outward flow of blood, so that the left ventricle is, in such cases, not usually enlarged, whereas in aortic obstruction, unless of very recent occurrence, it is en- larged. Where no enlargement is observable, the his- tory of a recent attack of endocarditis would be of service ; otherwise, it might be difficult, if not impossi- ble, to make an absolutely correct diagnosis, even by the pulse as traced with the sphygmograph, since it is but little altered in aortic obstruction. Intra -^arterial murmurs are invariably loudest over the site where they are produced, as in case of aneurismal murmurs. It might so happen that the cause of the murmur might be situated in the pulmonary artery, but caught up by the aorta. For that reason, it is thought better to term them intra-arterial than intra-aortic murmurs. (2) Intra-ventrirnlar Murmurs. — The same remarks AORTIC OBSTRUCTION. 227 apply here as when speaking of mitral regurgitation. {p. 206). Instead of the aortic orifice being affected by the endocarditis, a lesion somewhere within the ventri- cle ( intra- ventricular) may have been produced, suffi- cient to give rise to a systolic murmur, heard only, or loudest, over the aortic interspace. It is differentiated from aortic obstruction, not by the quality, pitch, or other properties of the murmur, but by the fact that if the murmur be purely intra-ventricular, the left ventri- cle is not enlarged. (3) Dynamio Mtcrmurs.— These murmurs are caused by perverted action of the heart, and may be of neurotic or angemic origin, as described when speaking of them in connection with mitral regurgitation (p. 207). They occur more commonly at the base than the apex, but are always systolic in both localities. In a word, dias- tolic heart murmurs are organic, and all functional, or inorganic murmurs are systolic. These dynamic aortic systolic murmurs of neurotic origin are distinguished here, as elsewhere, by their being inconstant. They are observed not only among the choreic, nervous, and hysterical, but often among athletes, during or immediately after violent exercise. A perfectly healthy person, especially a young girl, after violently running up steps, will often have a tem- porary dynamic basic aortic systolic murmur. Some- times it is pulmonic also. A murmur may be some- times produced, also, with jDressure of the stethoscope with those having thin and yielding chest walls, as among children. Such dynamic murmurs are told by their being inconstant, and by their not being neces- sarily associated with hypertrophy of the left ventricle. 228 PHYSICAL DiAGisrosis. Djmamic aortic systolic murmurs may also be due to anaemia, as in the case of apex murmurs. They are distinguished by their not being necessarily associated with the left ventricular enlargement; by other and co-existing signs of anaemia, of which venous hum (soon to be fully described) is one of the most impor- tant; by the non-existence of other murmurs; and by their disappearing under proper treatment for anaemia. (4) Cardio-respiratory murmurs, so-called, are thrown out by having the patient hold the breath, and they then cease at once, as already described when speaking of mitral regurgitation (which see). The aortic regurgitant murmur, having a different area of transmission, and occurring in diastolic time instead of systolic, besides other signs to be described, need not be dwelt upon here. Sometimes aortic obstruction is so marked that the left ventricle will, in time, become so enlarged as to cause the mitral valves to be some- what relatively insufficient, giving a slight mitral sys- tolic regurgitant murmur at the apex; but this con- dition appears to be somewliat rare. AncBmic murmurs are usually placed here, so that a few remarks in regard to them at once become neces- sary. According to some authors, they are always produced at the aortic orifice. The theory is that in anaemia the heart muscle becomes weak and flabby, and stretches so that the cavities of the heart are larger than normal, while the tough rings around the orifices remain the same. Enlarged cavities, the ori- fices remaining normal, is relatively the same thing as normal cavities and constricted orifices, so that such a so-called anaemic murmur is, after all, simply a sort of AORTIC OB.STKUCTION. 229 temporary obstruction miirniTir, in otlier words, a dy- nanii(; murmur due to anamiia, and not purely a blood, or lia^ndc murmur. Purely hfemic nuirmurs, due to anaemia, are heard over the pulmonary intersx)ace rather than the aortic. Sometimes, it is true, they are caught up by the aorta, just as aortic organic obstructive murmurs are some- times caught up by the pulmonary arterj^ when the two press closely on each other. IN'ot only are these pulmonary hsemic murmurs sometimes caught up by the aorta, but by it they may be and are, sometimes, conveyed into the arteries of the neck. Frequently, these murmurs in the arteries of the neck, however, are not conveyed there, but are simply created by pressure from the stethoscoi^e disturbing the regular- ity of the calibre of the artery. How are basic dynamic murmurs due to an?emia to be distinguished from aortic obstructive murmurs, both being systolic? jS'ot by their quality, pitch, or other properties, albeit murmurs dependent on anemia for their production are usually lower in pitch, softer, more blowing in quality, and more diffused about the base of the heart, but are not transmitted so far as in the case of obstruction. But this is not always the case. The real difference is that aortic obstruction causes enlargement of the left ventricle, whereas anae- mia does not, although palpitation from chronic an?e- mia may give rise to a somewhat general enlargement of the heart from overwork long continued. Or else the enlargement would be due to dilatation from anae- mia, with feeble impulse, but in either case it would be general instead of limited to the left ventricle, as is 230 PHYSICAL DIAGNOSIS. nsnally the case in aortic obstruction. Only in rare cases of long standing does aortic obstruction give rise to relative (secondary) mitral regurgitation with, se- quential enlargement of the left auricle and right ven- tricle. Dynamic murmurs, due to anaemia, whether heard at the apex or base, are also associated with other signs of anaemia, among which venous hum may be mentioned here. Venous hum, or hruit de diable, is a continuous though remittent roaring sound, heard over certain large veins, as the jugulars, subclavian, and femoral veins. From the fact that the sound is continuous it is readily distinguished from an arterial murmur. It is most convenient to listen for it in the neck, and it is best heard over the junction of the internal jugular and subclavian veins. Turn the patient's head to one side and elevate the chin, so as to render the tissues tense on that side of the neck. JN'ow place the stetho- scope over the point mentioned, just at the root of the neck, and the continuous roar of venous hum (not rhythmical tracheal breathing) will be distinctly heard, usually in an anaemic person, especially a young anae- mic woman. Pressure with the finger, or othermse, over the vein on the distal side of the stethoscope causes the hum to cease at once. Remove the pressure and it immediately returns. Guttmann, of Berlin, thinks that venous hum is due to the vortiginous (eddying, whirling) movement of blood in the ampullae (bulbs) formed by the union of the internal jugular and subclavian veins. The volume of blood, he thinks, is smaller in anaemia, and the am- XJullae remain the same size, as they are adherent to A()irri(; obstruction. 231 the surrounding connective tissue. This would allow space in the ampullae ~f©r the vertiginous or eddying movement of the blood, as mentioned. According to Guttmann, venous hum is also heard more frequently and with greater intensity on the patient's left side of the neck, since the curved direction that the blood has to take on the left side would produce more vortiginous movement. Not infrequently, however, it is heard loudest on the patient's right side of the neck, and sometimes, indeed, when it cannot be heard at all on the left. In the first place, it is highly improbable that the ampullae would be prevented from contracting, and becoming accommodated to the diminished volume of blood, by their being adherent to surrounding and rather loose connective tissue. In the second place, venous hum does not apj)ear to be due to the vortigi- nous movement of venous blood, since it is produced best where the blood has a straight and rapid course in large veins, and for that reason is heard best, or only, on the right side of the patient's neck. There are vari- ous other theories about the production of venous hum. According to Fothergill, many ingenious hypotheses have been raised regarding the causation of venous hum, but none as yet have been accepted. According to Walshe, the comjDosition of the blood in the anaemic state cannot be overlooked. It apjDears that watery venous blood is soniferous, w^hile arterial blood, under the same conditions, is not, the exact reason for which does not apx)ear to be known. It would seem, there- fore, that venous hum depends upon the character of the venous blood in the anaemic state, rather than upon 2'S'2 PHYSICAL DIAGNOSIS. the siipiDosed vortiglnous movement of tlie blood in ampullse, the vibration of valves of veins, and so on. Aortic Regurgitatiox. Aortic regurgitation (reflux, insufficiency) is the cause of great enlargement of the left ventricle only, as a rule. Should relative insuificiency of the mitral valves occur, the left auiicle, and, in time, jDOSsibly, the right ventiicle also, would become enlarged, though the patient vrould hardly live long enough in such a marked case. It is one of the most hopeless and fatal of all valvular lesions of the heart. Walshe places it fourth in the order of relative gravity, but, leaving out tricuspid regurgitation, I should be in- clined to place it first. The reason why the left ventricle becomes enlarged in aortic regurgitation is obvious. The blood regurgi- tating back into the ventricle simply gives it double work to perform. The first sound of the heart may be louder than normal, or it may be absent. In other words, it varies, depending, no doubt, upon the amount of dilatation and whether or not it has brought about relative mitral insufficiency. The second sound over the pulmonary interspace is usually noimal, unless the right ventricle becomes sequentially enlarged from rela- tive insufficiency of the mitral valves, and then the second sound over the pulmonary interspace wiU be accentuated. Over the aortic interspace the second sound is taken up by the aortic regurgitant murmur which occurs A\ith it, being diastolic in time. The pulse of aortic regurgitation is characteristic. Owing to enlaro:ement of the left ventricle, the blood is driven AO KT I C UEGU KGIT AT WX. 233 with, ^reat force into the aorta, but as that artery empties itself in two directions at once, back into the left ventricle and forward into the capillaries, the pulse, which started with such a thump, suddenly collapses from not being sustained, so that it is sometimes called collapsing, vanishing, unsustained, locomotive, or water- h.ammer pulse. AYhy it should be nick-named water- liammer pulse does not appear to be known, as that expresses nothing. But unsustained or collapsing pulse does express its character. The physical signs of aortic regurgitation are: (See fig. for Aortic Obstruction.) Inspection. — The apex-beat is carried down and out, owing to enlargement of the left ventricle. The heart's impulse is usually seen to be more forcible than nor- mal. There is usually ]Dulsation in the arteries about the neck, and all over the body where the arteries are superficially located and idsible. If the patient be di- rected to hold the arm up, not infrequently the radial, ulnar, and other arteries of the upper extremity are seen to pulsate as in arterial sclerosis. Palpation. — ^The apex of the heart is felt displaced doAvnward and outward, and sometimes basic diastolic Fig. 28. — Sphygmographic Tracing of Aortic Regurgitation Pulse. thrill is felt. The radial pulse is unsustained, or col- lapses under the finger. The sphygmographic tracings of this impulse are characteristic. Percussion. — This shows an increased area of cardiac 234 PJIYSICAL DIAGNOSIS. dullness, due to enlargement of the left ventricle. It may be still more increased if there be relative mitral insufficiency and consequent enlargement of the left auricle and also right ventricle. Auscultation. — This reveals the presence of the char- acteristic aortic regurgitant murmur. It is diastolic in time, and occurs with, or takes the place of, the sec- ond sound of the heart. It is sometimes termed the aortic indirect or insufficient murmur. The aortic re- gurgitant (indirect, insufficient, diastolic) murmur may be represented by the following diagram : up tVi-pll I II — I • I The quality of the murmur varies, but in most cases it appears to be harsher and higher-pitched than the aortic obstructive murmur. Sometimes they exist to- gether, forming what may be termed steam-tug mur- mur, Jioo — chee. The combination is usually best heard on the sternum al^out the fourth or fifth cartilage. Area of Transmission. — The aortic regurgitant mur- mur is directed back from the current of blood, and for that reason is not usually heard so plainly in the aortic interspace as it is over the sternum about the fourth cartilage. It is sometimes heard only at the lower end of the sternum. Sometimes it is conveyed backward to the apex of the heart, where it is to be distinguished by its diastolic time, diminished intensity, and the en- larged left ventricle, from mitral obstructive murmur (which see). If the niTirmur is loud enough, the ster. num vd^ catch up the sound, so that it may be heard from one end of that bone to the other. Occasionally, the pulmonary artery takes up the murmur from its AOKTIC OBSTRUCTIOX AXD REGUKGITATIOX. 235 proximity to the aorta, so that pnhiionary regurgita- tion may be imitated (p. 239). Sometimes it is heard behind along the spinal column, but it may be loud and musical, so as to be heard as soon as one enters the room, and may be so audible to the patient as to prevent sleep. Diagnosis of Aortic Regurgitation. — This is based upon the characteristic unsustained (water-hammer, collapsing, locomotive) aortic regurgitant j)ulse, en- largement of the left ventricle, and the accompanying diastolic regurgitant murmur. The latter, in rare cases, may be imitated by a murmur caused by rough- ness with dilatation of the ascending portion of the aorta. The late Dr. Austin Flint speaks of this as an aortic diastolic non-regurgitant, or prediastolic, mur- mur. It is usually preceded by an aortic direct mur- mur, but not always. This imitative murmur is not necessarily associated with enlargement of the left ven- tricle, and the pulse characteristic of aortic regurgita- tion is wanting. These diastolic murmurs may, in rare cases, be heard only at the lower end of the sternum, like tricuspid regurgitation, but the latter being sys- tolic in time, the diagnosis is easy. Aortic Obstrtjctiox and Regurgitation. This combination of lesions is second in the order of frequency, according to Walshe. Separately or to- gether, they cause enlargement of the left ventricle. When both lesions exist at the same time, the left ven- tricle is enlarged and there are two murmurs, the sys- tolic obstructive and the diastolic regurgitant already described. The two are often heard together, especially 236 PHYSICAL DIAGNOSIS. on the sternum, usually about the fourth or fifth car- tilage, and form what may be termed the steam-tug murmur, lioo — cliee^ hoo standing for the obstructive, and cliee for the regurgitant murmur. PULM0]S^AEY MURMUES. We listen over the apex, ensiform cartilage, and aortic interspace, respectively, for mitral, tricusioid, and aortic murmurs in their maximum intensity. We now come to the fourth and last i3oint on the front of the chest walls, the jDulmonary interspace, where we listen for pulmonary murmurs in their maximum in- tensity. The pulmonary interspace is the second inter- space, or the interspace between the second and third costal cartilages, at the left edge of the sternum. Theo- retically, we would have the same number of murmurs here as over the aortic interspace, with the addition of the purely anaemic or hsemic murmur. But pulmonic diastolic regurgitant murmur is so rare that it may be practically thrown out altogether. Of the systolic pul- monary murmurs the same remarks would apply here to intra-ventricular, intra-arterial, dynamic, and cardio- respiratory murmurs, as when describing aortic systolic murmurs. There remain two pulmonary murmurs, therefore, the pulmonary obstructive, and the ansemic. PuLMOis^ARY Obstruction. Pulmonary obstruction (constriction, stenosis) is not commonly observed among adults. It is due to foetal endocarditis in which the right, instead of the left side of the heart is affected, as already stated (p. 193). Children are therefore born with pulmonary valvular PULMOXARY OBSTRUCTIOX. 287 lesions, when they have them, and usually die early. It gives rise to a basic systolic murmur, as in the case of aortic obstruction, but heard on the left side of the sternum over the pulmonary (second) interspace in its maximum intensity, instead of on the right. The iDulse is not affected by it. It leads to more or less enlarge- ment of the right ventricle. The diagram representing this murmur is the same as for aortic obstruction. The area of transmission is the same as for the aortic obstructive murmur so far as the sternum is concerned, but beyond that it differs materially. It is not con- veyed up into arteries of the neck, but back in the lungs by the pulmonary artery, and for that reason, when loud, is heard behind over both sides of the backs of children having thin chest walls. It is also trans- mitted out toward the left shoulder sometimes. In a case of a girl of fourteen now under my observation, the murmur is so loud as to be heard distinctly all over the chest, though loudest and most distinct over the pulmonary interspace. Systolic basic thrill is some- times felt, as in aortic obstruction. How are we to tell it from the anaemic or other mur- mur? Simply because it is usually associated with more or less cyanosis or blue disease (morbus cseru- leus), owing to the venous congestion over the body. Walslie says that true pulmonary obstructive murmur is very rare, except in cases of cyanosis. Fits of dysp- noea are likely to occur any time, omng to the lungs not being properly supplied with blood. Cyanosis it- self does not give rise to a murmur as anaemia does. True angemic or hsemic murmurs due to a watery condition of the blood are ahvays systolic, and perhaps 238 PHYr^ICAL DIAGNOSIS. always basic. They are also apjparently pulmonic in- stead of aortic, althongh tliey may sometimes be taken up by the aorta when the two vessels are in close con tact with each other. May not these murmurs be nothing more than venous hum in the iDulmonary artery, thrown into rhythm by proximity to the heart? It is true that they do not always co-exist with venous hum in the neck, but that may be because the venous blood travels differently in those vessels. Another supposed cause of systolic anaemic murmurs heard over the j)ulmonary interspace would not be mentioned here but for the fact that Balfour's name is connected with it, although, according to Flint, it did not originate Avith Balfour, but A\dth Xaunyn. The latter thought that the murmtir was not to be attrib- uted to the pulmonary orifice at all, but was due to a slight mitral regurgitation due to weakness of the heart from anaemia, with an accompanji-ng mitral systolic anaemic murmur, not loud enough to be heard at the apex but loud enough to be taken up by the left auricular appendix, which had also become dilated and enlarged from anaemia! Yet in mitral regurgitation with a loud murmur and the left auricle very much more enlarged than in anaemia, the trans- mission of the murmur to this point is very rare, as already stated (see Mitral Regurgitation). Flint, per- haps justly, characterizes such reasoning as strained. Vierordt, of Leipsic, states that the explanation of these cardiac anaemic murmurs is very difficult, and thinks that in ma'ny cases Sahle's suggestion might be available, that these murmurs may arise from the large vessels concealed in the thorax. PITLMONAllY KEGUliGITATION. 239 PULMONAllY ReGUKGITATION. Pulmonary regurgitation (reflux, insufficiency) is sucli a rare disease that it is hardly worth mentioning. If it occurred it would give rise to a pulmonary regur- gitant murmur, which would be diastolic in time, and could not be confounded with any functional or inor- ganic murmur. As Flint states, a diagnosis could be made when other signs w^ent to show the existence of pulmonary and the absence of aortic regurgitation. Diastolic thrill might be felt in both. But the pulse, of course, would be different, being unaffected by pul- monary regurgitation, and collapsing in the aortic lesion. Jugular pulsation would occur in time, with enlargement of the right ventricle in pulmonary regur- gitation, together with cyanosis and cardiac dropsy, none of which are characteristic of aortic regurgitation. As the disease is so rare, however, it is perhaps really more of a clinical curiosity than of any practical value. Relative Gravity of Valvular Lesions. According to Walshe, the following is the order of relative gravity of valvular lesions: (1) tricuspid re- gurgitation, (2) mitral regurgitation, • (3) mitral obstruc- tion, (4) aortic regurgitation, (o) i^ulmonary obstruction, (6) aortic obstruction. Yery little is known about pul- monary regurgitation and tricuspid obstruction. Neither of the first three mentioned produce what is generally understood as sudden death from heart dis- ease. But all three are dangerous, from such complica- tions as pulmonary congestion, hemorrhagic infarction 240 PHYSICAL DIAGNOSIS. (p. 101), cardiac di'opsy, and pulmonary a:'dema, wMcIl are likely to occur. But in aortic regurgitation not only is thoracic aneurism likely to be produced from the tremendous force with which the blood is throA^Ti into the aorta (p. 271), and sudden death from cerebral apoplexy, but there is also liability to sudden death due to failure of the heart's action from some cause, sup- posed to be, by some, failure of blood to be conveyed by the nutrient arteries of the heart. For these reasons it would ap2iear that aoitic regurgitation, well-marked, is among the most dangerous of all valvular lesions of the heart. EjN^DOCAEDITIS. Endocarditis, as already said, occurs most frequently in the course of acute articular rheumatism, especially among the young, but it may also occur in the course of any other disease, or independently. During foetal life it attacks the right side of the heart, but after birth it attacks the left side, as akeady stated (p. 193). It usually results in valvular disease of some kind (mitral regurgitation, most frequently with consequent enlarge- ment), or else some lesion elsewhere within the ventri- cle, or finally it may jDossibly end in complete recovery. The iDhysical signs of endocarditis are based chiefly on auscultation. Inspection usually is negative. Pal- liation is usually also negative, but may reveal the fact that the heart's action and pulse are excited, and sometimes irregular. If it be the first attack, percus- sion dullness will be very slightly, or not at all, in- creased in extent, as the heart will not be appreciably enlarged. Ui)on auscultation the sounds will be nor- mal or 2:)erhai)S slightly increased in intensity, except pj:kicarditis. 241 at the site of the murmur, which ^ill be heard at the apex or over the aortic interspace. The mnrmiir occurs early in the disease, and is systolic in time and blowing in quality. It is due to roughening of the surface or deposit of lymph on or near the valves of the mitral or aortic orifices. The positive proof, according to Flint, is the i^resence of a mitral systolic murmur occurring during an attack of rheumatism If it be aortic it is in many cases inorganic. The mitral systolic murmur need not show actual regurgitation as yet, or it may be purely intra- ventricular. But if the left ventricle be enlarged and endocarditis be suspected, it will not be the first attack, since the enlargement will be due to mitral regurgitation from a previous endocarditis. Peeicarditis. Pericarditis usually occurs in connection with acute articular rheumatism, tubular nephritis, pleurisy, syphilis, pneumonia, tubercle, or cancer. Of course it may be due to surgical injury also, but it is rarely, if ever, an idiopathic affection. It is usually attended with more or less effusion, and is divided into three stages. In the first stage (congestion) the action of the heart is irritable and forcible. The area of dullness is as yet unchanged. Auscultation uniformly reveals the pres- ence of a pericardial ( exocardial) friction sound. En- docardial murmurs may also exist. But pericardial (exocardial) friction murmurs are superficial, rubbing, churning, clicking, or creaking, never blowing, whis- tling, or roaring, and are limited to the cardiac region, and ©ften vary in intensity with position of the patient, or pressure with ear or stethoscope, and occur inde- 16 242 PHYSICAL DIAGISOSIS. pendently of the heart sounds— that is, not fixed. Endocardial mnrniurs, on the contrary, are fixed in their time of occurrence with regard to the heart sounds, and are often conveyed or transmitted over cer- Fig. 29.— Diagram, Pericarditis witli Effusion. tain areas, as already described. The second stage of pericarditis (effusion) is characterized by the effusion of liquid— acute hydro-pericarditis. Inspection now shows prominence of the pr?ecordial PERICARDITIS. 243 region in proportion to the amount of effusion, dimi- nution, or absence, of the apex-beat, and diminution of tlie respiratory movements on the left side. Palpatio)!. — The apex-beat is raised upward and outward to the left, is feeble or suppressed, and may change ^^'ith position of the patient. If not felt when the patient is on the back, it may be perceptible if the patient leans forward. An undulating impulse is sometimes felt, and the epigastrium may be bulging from dex^ression of the diaphragm. Percussion. — -The area of prsecordial dullness is en- larged. If the effusion be great this area is found to be wider below than above, on account of the shape of the i)ericardial sac. It may extend down to the seventh rib and uv to the first rib, and from nii^ple to nipple, or even further. Auscultation. — The pericardial friction sounds have now disaxopeared, since the two surfaces cannot rub together. The heart sounds are feeble and heard bet- ter at the top of the sternum than elsewhere, as the effusion occuxDies less sx)ace there than below. Some- times a basic systolic murmur, due to x^ressure of the effusion on the aorta, is heard. The respiratory mur- mur, x^ectorox^hony (vocal resonance), and vocal fremi- tus are diminished or absent over the central x^ortion of the cardiac region. The third stage is that of ab- soriition. The friction sound returns— /rzc^to redux — the heart sounds become more distinct, and there is a gradual return to health in favorable cases. In other cases it may become subacute or chronic. Chronic pericarditis may be attended Avith adhe- sions simply, or there may be adhesions with hyx^ertro- 244 PHYSICAL DIAGNOSIS. . phy or atrophy (which see), or there may be chronic pericarditis with effusion, termed chronic hydro-j)eri- carditis. The physical signs of chronic hydro-pericar- ditis are similar to those of the acnte variety just described. Pneumo-liydro-pericarditis, air and fluid in the peri- cardium, is rare, but may possibly result from decom- position of liquid effusion, or, usually, from perforation communicating with the oesophagus or lungs. In these cases the heart's action is accompanied by metallic (amphoric) tinkling, amphoric (metallic) buzzing, and, splashing like a water-wheel (Walshe). Hcemo-pericardium, or blood in the pericardium, may result from cancer, scurvy, and the hemorrhagic tendency, or surgical injury, and rupture of aneurism. If the patient lived long enough the blood, while fluid, would give the same signs as hydro-pericarditis. Hydro-jyericardium, or dropsy of the pericardium, is merely associated with general dropsy from Bright's disease of the kidneys, or some other cause, without inflammation of the pericardium. The physical signs are those of hydro-pericarditis, already described. Pneu7)io-pericard,iu7n, or air in the pericardium, is, due to gas arising from post-mortem changes, as a rule, and is rarely, if ever, seen during life, and pneumo- Tiydro-perieardium,, if such a thing could exist during life, would give the same physical signs as pneumo- hydro-pericarditis, already described. Myocarditis. Myocarditis, or carditis, signifies inflammation of the heart muscle itself. When present it is usually associ- IIYPERTKOPHY OF THE HEART. 245 ated witli endocarditis or, more frequently, with peri- carditis. In the acute fonn, the pain in the cardiac region is extreme, the pulse rapid and weak. In the chronic form, the symptoms are those of a weak heart, with w^ant of corresx3ondence between the heart and pulse beat. ISTeither form is diagnosticated during life. Hyperteophy of the Heart. Hypertrophy of the heart differs from hyperplasia. In the former case the existing anatomical elements are enlarged, in the latter their number is increased (Flint). In both cases the heart is enlarged. Hypertrophy may be general, or limited to one or more of its comx^artments. In the latter case the left ventricle is by far the most frequently affected, then the left auricle, then the right ventricle, and lastly the right auricle may sometimes be somewhat enlarged. Again, the hy^Dertrophy may be concentric, simple, or eccentric. In the first case the walls are thickened and the cavities become smaller. This is so rare that it is more theoretical than ]3ractical, and may be thrown out altogether. Simx)le enlargement is not common either — that is, thickening of the walls — the cavities remain- ing the same. Indeed, hypertrophy or enlargement of the heart from any cause is so uniformly of the eccen- tric variety, that, unless otherwise specified, enlarge- ment of the heart wdll always be meant to be eccentric hypertrojDhy — that is, hypertrophy with dilatation, usually termed hypertrophous dilatation, or dilated hypertrophy. Of the causes of enlargement of the heart, {l)valvu- lar lesions, as jDreviously stated, are the most frequent. 246 PHYSICAL DIAGNOSIS. Moreover, each of these lesions gives rise to its own characteristic enlargement, which will be marked in proportion to the degree of the lesions. Thus, mitral regurgitation causes enlargement (dilated hypertrophy) of the left auricle, left ventricle, and right ventricle in the order named. Mitral obstruction causes enlarged left auricle and right ventricle. Aortic obstruction gives rise to enlarged left ventricle and aortic regurgi- tation also, only the enlargement is usually more marked in aortic regurgitation ; and in either case, but especially in aortic regurgitation, there may occur rela- tive insufficiency of the mitral valves, with consequent enlargement of the left auricle, if not the right ventri- cle, also, in time. Pulmonary (pulmonic) obstruction or regurgitation will lead to enlargement of the right ventricle as would also tricuspid regurgitation, relative, or resulting from foetal endocarditis, while tricuspid obstruction would cause enlargement of the right auri- cle only. {^)BrigJiVs Disease of the Kidneys. — In the chronic interstitial variety there is enlargement of the left ven- tricle only, and this is not due to valvular lesion but simply to the fact that the left ventricle has extra work to perform in overcoming the obstruction due to the lessened calibre {lumen) of the arterioles through- out the body. In the chronic tubular variety of Bright's disease of the kidneys, there is liability to in- flammation of serous membranes generally, the endo- cardium included, with resulting valvular lesion. En- largement of the heart, thei-efore, in chronic tubular nephritis is usually due to valvular lesion, resulting from an endocarditis. HYPEKTROPIIY OF THE IIEAKT. 247 (3) General Vesicular Empliysema. — In this case there is enlargement of the right ventricle, owing to obstruction to the pulmonary circulation. (4) Exoplitlialmic goitre, called also cardio-thyroid exophthalmos, Basedow's, or Graves' disease. Here we have general cardiac enlargement due to over nourish- ment from vaso-motor dilatation of the nutrient vessels of the heart. According to Niemeyer, Bamberger, and others, the nutrient vessels of the heart in this disease are enlarged from vaso-motor dilatation due to some disturbance of the cervical ganglia of the sympathetic nervous system (see Exophthalmic Goitre). (5) Palpitation from anaemia, or other cause, may give rise to enlargement of the heart from its overwork. The alcoholic habit probably acts somewhat in this way. Habit, mode of life, occupation requiring pro- longed muscular exertion, as among athletes, and the like, also enlarge the heart to a certain extent, as well as excessive venery. The physical signs of hyxDertro- pliy of the heart with dilatation are usually more marked than they are when simple hypertrophy alone exists. They are: Inspection. — The enlargement is always more to the patient's left than right, and the line of the base is rarely, if ever, changed. The extent of the visible im- pulse is increased, and there is more or less prominence of the praecordial region. The apex-beat is also seen to be more forcible than normal, and it may be as low as the ninth rib and outside the mammillary line. En- largement of the right ventricle ]3ushes the apex fur- ther to the left than normal, but the apex is also low- ered when the left ventricle is enlarged. 248 PHYSICAL DIAGXOSIS. Palpation. — The impulse is heaving and lifting in character, with or without thrill, and. its area is in- creased. Hypertrophy of the right ventricle iisnally gives a strong epigastric impulse. AATien the left ven- tricle is hypertrophied the apex-beat is carried down and out. Presystolic impulse is sometimes felt over an hypertrophied left auricle, as may occur in mitral disease. The radial ptilse in hypertrophy of the right side of the heart is not appreciably affected in character. But in hypertrophy of the left ventiicle without regurgita- tion or obstruction, the radial pulse is full, prolonged, and sustained. Percussion. — Both areas of dullness are increased, laterally and vertically. General enlargement may give dullness on ]Dercussion from the third to the eighth rib, and from an inch to the right of the sternum to two or three inches outside the left nipple. AYalshe mentions a case where enlargement i dilated hyj^ertro- phy) of the heart was so extensive as to be mistaken for pleurisy of the left side with effusion. Hypertro- phy of the left ventricle gives dullness usually beyond the left nipiDle : of the right ventricle, considerably to the right of the sternum. In hypertrophy of the left auricle the area of dullness over that portion is en- larged and more marked. Auscultation. — The first sound, dull, muffled, pro- longed, diffused over a larger area than in health, and increased in intensity, may indeed so closely resemble a slight systolic murmur as to make it sometimes diffi- cult to decide; and the second sound is also louder and more diffused than in health. If munnurs are UlLxVTATlUX OF THE HEART. . 249 present tliey will more or less obscure, or take the place of the heart sounds. There is diminution or absence of the respiratory murmur over the prsecordial space. Hypertrophy of the right auricle rarely occurs, -and then it is due to tricuspid regurgitation usually, as tricuspid obstruction (stenosis, constriction) is almost unknown during life (AValshe). Dilatation of the Heart. Dilatation of the heart may be one of three kinds: (1) hypertrophous dilatation, or dilated hypertrophy, which is the most common form, and just considered ; (2) simple dilatation, where the walls remain the same but the cavities are enlarged; and (3) attenuated dila- tation (Walshe), where the cavities are not only en- larged, but the walls are thinner than normal. It is the last variety that requires our attention. Attenu- ated dilatation, or dilatation witJioid compensating liypertropliy^ is a hopeless disease. It may result from valvular lesion, or general vesicular emphysema, where dilatation and hypertrox)hy of certain i)arts occur to- gether, producing the various enlargements character- istic of those diseases, as already fully described. Presently the time arrives, however, when hypertrophy ceases to compensate, and then the case becomes one of dilatation, since, evidently, enlargement cannot con- tinue to go on indefinitely. In other cases dilatation occurs from inherent weakness of the heart muscle itself, in other words, from no known cause. Thoracic aneurism causes dilatation in so far as it is a cause of obstruction to the outflow of blood, and in this way 250 PHYSICAL DIAGNOSIS. acts as valvular lesion would. But the underlying cause of aneurism, if it be gout, syphilis, or lead pois- oning, may cause weakness of the heart muscle also, and thus favor dilatation. The physical signs of car- diac dilatation are : Inspection. — The visible area of the apex-beat, if in- deed it be visible, is increased without any particular point of maximum intensity. Dyspnoea and cyanosis are sometimes observed, especially after attempted ex- ertion. Palpation. — The cardiac impulse is feeble, its area is increased, rarely is there any thrill, but rather an un- dulating motion over the prsecordial region, especially if there be mitral regurgitation. The radial pulse is feeble, sometimes irregular, small, and compressible. Percussion. — The area of cardiac dullness is in- creased in the direction of the part dilated, or generally increased if the dilatation atfect the whole heart. In the latter case it is oval or somewhat square in shape, instead of being triangular, Avith the base downward, as in pericarditis with effusion. Auscultation. — Both sounds are short, abrupt, feeble, and equal in duration, the second being often inaudi- ble at the apex. The post-systolic or first period of silence is prolonged. Endocardial murmurs, when X)resent, are indistinct. The respiratory murmur is diminished or absent over the prsecordial region, owing to the cardiac enlargement. Fatty Degeneration of the Heart. Fatty heart is of two kinds, (1) that in which the fat is added to the organ without or Avithin, or between its FATTY DKGENKKATIOlSr OF T]IE HFAKT. 251 fibres, aiid causing trouble by pressure ; and (2) that in wliic]] the muscular fibre is replaced by fatty tissue. The first is by Walshe termed fatty infiltration ; and is simply an accumulation of fat. The second is known as Quain's fatty degeneration, and by Walshe is termed fatty metamorphosis of the heart. The first variety may give some inconvenience, but may be modified, if not entirely got rid of, by a Carlsbad courise, or re- stricted diet, if thought necessary. The second is a serious and often fatal disease. There is no known cause for Quain's fatty heart. Obesity, though associ- ated with fatty infiltration, bears no relation whatever to fatty metamorphosis. Cardiac fatty metamorphosis occurs at middle life, or i3ast, and in men rather than women. It also occurs more frequently among the upj)er classes than among laborers. It is probable that any condition that interferes with the proper nutrition of the heart, such as sclerosis of its nutrient vessels from various causes, and leading to cardiac ischsemia (see Angina Pectoris), may predispose to fatty metamor- phosis. But in tuberculous and other wasting diseases the heart is more frequently normal than fatty, and hence they cannot be said to be causes of the disease. The real cause, whatever it may be, is j^robably inherited rather than acquired. The ]3hysical signs of fatty met- amorphosis of the heart (Quain's) are as f ollow^s : Inspection. — The heart's impulse is usually not ob- servable, owdng to its feebleness. The patient may be observed to be suffering with a fit of dyspnoea and having a peculiarly anxious expression. The circus senilis may be present, but appears to bear no fixed relation to the disease. 252 PHYSICAL DIAGNOSIS. Palpation. — The impulse is so weak as to be scarcely felt, even though the xiatient be emaciated and leans forward. If the heart was hypertrophied first, there may be an undulating impulse, as in attenuated dilata- tion. The pulse is feeble and sometimes abnormally slow; or it may be irregular and intermitting, chang- ing from abnormal slowness to rapidity — from 20 to 30 beats per minute to 150, but always weak. Percussion. — The area of dullness will be normal, unless hyi^ertrophy co-exists, Avhen it would be larger,- or smaller if there be atrophy. Auscultation. — The first sound of the heart, even at the ai)ex, instead of being somewhat low pitched and of well-marked duration, as in health, now becomes short, high pitched, and weak, and the first rest is not- ably prolonged. The second sound is feeble but dis- tinct, and is accentuated in the aortic or pulmonary interspace, according as the right or left ventricle is chiefly affected. Of course, murmurs of various kinds may be present, but they are rare, and when they are present they are usually weak. The patient feels bet- ter, according to the late Dr. Alonzo Clark, lying do^^^l -with the head low, as the heart would then have less to do. Atrophy of the Heart. Atrophy of the whole heart, unless it be senile, is of rare occurrence. It sometimes takes place in connec- tion mth wasting diseases like phthisis, su^Dpurating bone, calcification of the coronary arteries, tightly ad- herent 23ericardium, and, rarely, after pregnancy. Local atrophy of some part of the heart is more common, and OAKDIAC DROPSY — EXOPHTHALMIC GOITRE. 253 occurs in connection with fatty heart. In mitral ob- struction, also, the left ventricle is somewhat atrophied, and when this lesion occurs in children, there appears to be usually more or less deformity of the chest, re- sembling the so-called pigeon breast. The flattening is x^'ii'ticularly well marked in the lower prsecordial region to the left of the sternum, but whether it be due to atrophy of the left ventricle, or a lack of gen- eral nutrition from imperfect cardiac function, is not exactly known. In case of general atrophy, the area of percussion dullness is diminished, the heart's sounds are clear, the impulse is feeble, the pulse quick and feeble, but regular, and there is a great tendency to palpitation (Da Costa). Cardiac Dropsy. Cardiac dropsy usually begins about the feet and ankles, and, gradually extending upward, is afterward met with in various localities. It is most constantly associated with dilatation of the right heart, as in tri- cuspid regurgitation, but there are exceptions. Albu- men, when present in the urine, is due to renal conges- tion simply, unless there be also co-existing structural lesion of the kidneys. Exophthalmic Goitke. Exophthalmic goitre (cardio-thyroid exophthalmos, Basedow's disease. Grave's disease), in order to be com- plete, consists of three factors: (1) palpitation and en- largement of the heart, (2) enlargement of the thyroid gland, with throbbing of the arteries about the neck, and (3) protrusion of the eyeballs. The disease is said 254 PHYSICAL DIAGNOSIS. to be due to some change in, or pressure on, the cervi- cal ganglia of the sympathetic system of nerves, which send branches directly, or indirectly, to the three local- ities mentioned. The disease is usually classed among the neuroses, or functional disturbances, of the heart, but inasmuch as it leads to cardiac hypertrophy, I have thought it best to place it among the organic diseases of the heart. It occurs more frequently among women than men, and in most cases the women are usually nervous, if not hysterical, and anaemic. Sometimes it occurs in men, and Graefe mentions the case of a young man in whom it was suddenly developed on account of nervousness at the prosi^ect of being married. (I) In most cases it develoiDS slowly, but in some instances (as in the case of the young man just cited) it may develop very sud- denly. (1) Palpitation of the heart usually first attracts the attention of the patient. The heart is observed to beat 120 or even 140 times to the minute, instead of 60 to 70. Enlargement of the heart follows, partly from palpitation, but chiefly from overnutrition of the organ. The nutrient vessels of the heart become dilated from vaso-motor disturbances, and the heart receives more blood supply than normal. Hence its palj)itation as well as overgrowth. (2) The thyroid gland now begins to enlarge, and throbbing of the inferior thyroid7~carotid, and, some- times, temporal arteries is observed. The enlargement of the thyi'oid gland thrj not be very perceptible, and when present, is due to dilatation of its vessels, serous infiltration, and hyperplasia of its EXOPIITJIALMIC GOITIIK. 255 tissues. The gland is rarely so mucli enlarged as in simx)le goitre (cretinism, Derbyshire neckj, where it may be enormously hypertrophied or increased in size by fibrous or calcareous deposits. Cretinism (with goitre), so-called from deformity # Fig. 30.— Exophthalmic Goitre. (After Eichorst.) or mutilation, supposed to result from intermarriage, is a local disease, and found not only among those who intermarry, but also among young girls and women who carry heavy burdens and are habitually subjected to bad hygienic conditions, as in certain parts of the old world. For these reasons it is thought that the thyroid gland becomes enlarged, as in foetal life, be- 256 PHYSICAL DIAG]SrOSIS. cause the lungs are not equal to the task put upon them of aerating the blood, and not because of any particular lack of iodine in the water, which is the same as it was in those localities a thousand years ago. Hence cretinism (with goitre) is becoming less, thanks to the steam-engine , Avhich enables people to leave home and marry elsewhere, and other advances made by Christian civilization, and not because of any change in the drinking water of certain localities. To return to exox)hthalmic goitre, which disease is not confined to any locality, but which may, and does, occur in all parts of the world. We have seen why the heart and thyroid gland are enlarged^ — on account of the vaso-motor dilatation of their blood-vessels. The arteries about the neck and temples sometimes throb because they become dilated, and the blood is sent through them with gi^eat force by the hypertro- ■ phied heart. (3) Lastly, the eyes in this disease pro- trude, because of the increase of the fat at the bottom of the orbit. The intra-orbital fat is increased from hyperiDlasia, and, according to Niemeyer, it may be- come not only hyperaemic, but also cedematous. Some- times the eyes protrude so that the lids cannot be closed, and consequently ulceration of the cornea, from foreign particles, may result. The upper lid, according to Graefe, becomes fixed early in the disease, from spasm of the levator muscle, and consequently does not follow the eye in looking downward. All three factors of this disease are not equally pres- ent in every case. The heart may be chiefly affected, \\dth scarcely perceptible change in the thyroid gland, while the eyes remain perfectly normal, and so on. In ANGINA PECTORIS. 257 course of time, however, all the x^henomena are apt to appear. Ana?mia is observable in most cases before treatment, and marked venous hum, with or Avithout thrill, in the neck is pretty constant. Xot infrequently a true anaemic (lifemic) murmur is heard wdth systole over the j)U^liiionary intersiDace ; and over the aortic in- terspace a loud, systolic, dynamic murmur, owing to the force, I presume, with which the arterial blood is forced at times through the aortic orifice by the hyper- trophied left ventricle ; but, unlike the anaemic murmur over the pulmonic (pulmonary) interspace, it is incon- stant, like all other dynamic murmurs. The physical signs of cardiac hypertrophy have already been con- sidered (]3. 247). Unless the patient dies from apoplexy or rarely, suffocation due to pressure on the trachea, the lorognosis is not bad. Recovery, according to Nie- meyer, is more common in this disease than death. Angiista Pectoris. Angina pectoris, or suffocative breast-pang, is usually defined to be a paroxysmal neurosis of the heart, and always attended with pain, whatever other symptoms may be present. As it is usually accompanied or pre- ceded by organic changes in the heart, I have thought it best to place it among the organic, rather than func- tional, diseases of that organ. The disease is of two kinds, true and false. The latter is almost wholly confined to young hysterical women. In these cases the pain does not extend through to the back and up to the neck and down the left arm, but is simply located apparently in the chest 17 258 PHYSICAL DIAGNOSIS. wall, like an intercostal neuralgia, but attended with palpitation of the heart and dj^spnoea. True angina, pectoris, on the other hand, attacks men usually, and those in the upper wallvs of life, either at middle age or past. It depends upon what is termed ischsemia of the myocardium, which is simply a local ansemia of the heart, due to periarteritis or sclerosis of its nutrient vessels, tlie latter resulting from en- darteritis, and often terminating in ossification. Pain is not always present in all cases of cardiac arterial sclerosis, for this condition gives rise to different varie- ties of symptoms, as we shall see; but when pain is present, it is analogous to the pain observed in senile gangrene due to arterial obstruction. The causes of localized anaemia or ischsemia of the heart are those which produce sclerosis of its nutrient vessels. These are, according to Huchard, of Paris, (1) toxic, as alco- hol, tobacco, esx)ecially cigarette smoking, malaria, and lead, (2) diathetic, as gout, rheumatism, and syphilis, and (3) physical, moral, and intellectual overpressure. Obliterating arteritis of the small coronary vessels of the heart is the lesion commonly found, and if this arteritis be slow, time for compensating hypertrophy may be allowed. But if the arteritis is rapid in its progress, dilatation from weakness of the heart's walls, or fatty degeneration, results. Tobacco, it would ap- peal', is more destructive to the heart than alcohol. Cardiac arterial sclerosis gives rise to five different forms of symptoms: (1) the pulmonary form with symptoms of cardiac asthma, so-called (see Asthma); (2) the ])ainfid form of true angina pectoris; (3) the tachycardiac form, in v\ liich there is simply rapidity ANGINA PECTOKIS. 259 and weakness of the heart's action; (4) the arythmic form, in which the rhythm becomes irregular, as often occurs from the use of tobacco and on account of dys- pepsia ; and (5) the asystolic form, in wliich rai^id dila- tation occurs, due to weakening of the walls of the heart from the nutrient arterial sclerosis. Of these five forms of manifestations of cardiac arterial sclerosis, and consequent ischsemia of the heart, only one, the painful form, or angina pectoris proper, will be consid- ered here. A patient, however, who has this disease manifested in one form, may have a return of it in any of the other four forms, for the same form does not necessarily return every time, when once commenced. Angina pectoris usually comes on without warning. The patient may be asleep in bed, or it may be after a heavy meal, or during a fit of ang-er, or while walking briskly, especially ux3 hill, against a stiff breeze. Sud- denly a pain, like a death pang, pierces him through and through in the lower precordial region. It not only extends through to the back, but up to the neck and down the left arm, usually, but sometimes both arms, and even one or both of the lower extremities. This fearful neuralgic pain is thought to originate in the cardiac plexus of nerves, and extends not only to the parts mentioned, but along the gastric branches of the pneumogastric nerve, as evidenced by the belching of wind and sometimes even vomiting. The pulmo- nary branches of the pneumogastric nerve, on the other hand, seem to escape in this painful form, since the patient not only can breathe freely, but sometimes a deep breath will give speedy relief. The attack may last from a few seconds or minutes to an hour or more, 260 PHYSICAL DIAGNOSIS. if the patient lives, and may consist of one prolonged attack or many sejDarate and distinct attacks. In the latter case it may last several days or more. During the attack the pnlse may not be notably affected, but if the attack be prolonged the pulse becomes more fre- quent and feeble, and the patient may die of sheer ex- haustion, or else suddenly from paralysis, and not spasm, of the heart. In either case it is a most cruel death. A patient Avho has had angina pectoris will surely have a return of it in time, unless the case be not far advanced, and the utmost care is observed. Death may occur in the first attack, or in any of those succeeding. It is absolutely uncertain. . Arnold, of Rugby, died with it, as did the great John Hunter. In a lesser degree than just described, a patient may only have attacks of irregular rhythm (arythmic) or rapid pulse (tachycardia), with pain in the left arm. This pain may extend down the whole arm, or be con- fined to the left wTist only, or be indefinitely situated somewhere in the left breast. Or it may change from one of these localities to the other, now in the left arm, now only at the wrist, or even in one or more fingers of the left hand, now in the left shoulder. Diseases or the Heart that cause Sudden Death. Sudden death from heart disease is not so common as the laity generally suppose. There are certain forms of disease of the heart, however, which do undoubtedly cause sudden death, while other forms, though fatal from the first, give rise to comj)lications which produce JIKAKT DISEASES CArsi^c; SlUDEX DEATH. 201 deatli indirectly rather than directly through the heart itself. (1) Aortic Regurgitation. — Xot only may sudden deatli from cerebral apoplexy occur in this disease, due to the force with which the blood is driven from the left ventricle, owing to the existing dilated hyp)er- trophy of that part of the heart, but it may also occur in some way not yet thoroughly understood, but thought by some to be due to failure of the circulation in the nutrient vessels of the heart. It is claimed by some that, owing to the enormous enlargement of the left ventricle, which sometimes occurs in this disease, the coronary arteries are so pressed upon that blood cannot enter them, and the heart fails from want of blood supx^ly. A case in point was that of a man of excellent habits, aged thirty-five, and otherwise in aj)- parently good health. He was seen by Dr. Francis Delafield, of this city, at my request, and the diagno- sis confirmed. He died suddenly on his stairway, without cerebral lesion. (2) Angina Pectoris. — In this disease, as just de- scribed, the patient may die suddenly, not from spasm, but from paralysis of the heart, from failure of the cor- onary circulation, due to cardiac arterial sclerosis, and shock from' the terrific pain. (3) Fatty Degeneration., or 2IetamorpJiosis {Quain's). — This also may lead to sudden death from sudden failure of the heart to act, or from rupture. (4) Extreme Dilatation. — In this disease, also, the heart may suddenly fail or rupture. Dropsy and other complications, however, may and are likely to cause death before such a sudden catastrophe. 262 PHYSICAL DIAGNOSIS. (5) Aneurism of the Heart. — Usually situated in the wall of the left ventricle near the apex, and almost impossible to distinguish between it and mitral regur- gitation. Both are accompanied with an apex systolic murmur, and both cause enlargement of the left ventri- cle. But in mitral regurgitation the 'murmur is usu- ally louder than in cardiac aneurism, and more fre- quently heard posteriorly, besides the accompanying enlargement of the right ventricle, with accentuation of the second sound over the pulmonary interspace, which are also usually observed in mitral regurgitation but not in cardiac aneurism. Sudden death in the latter disease is generally due to rupture of the heart. (6) Flhrosis of the heart, as sometimes results from syphilis, alcoholism, gout, rheumatism, and lead poi- soning. The muscular tissue becomes more and more rei^laced by connective tissue, instead of fat, as in fatty degeneration, until finally it fails to act. (7) BrigfiVs Disease. — Lastly, in chronic interstitial nephritis, the left ventricle becomes enlarged, chiefly hypertrophied, while the arterioles are fibrosed and brittle. Hence cerebral ai3oplexy and sudden death not unfrequently occur in this disease. In many cases, it is preceded by retinal apoplexy, plainly to be ob- served with the ophthalmoscope, as in a typical case in which I called Dr. David Webster, of this city, in con- sultation about a year ago. Mitral regurgitation and obstruction are both almost necessarily fatal diseases when they occur early in life. They both lead to constant pulmonary congestion, with sequential dilated hypertrophy of the right ventricle and consequent hemorrhagic pulmonary infarction, or FUJMOriON AL 1)IS>;aSKS of TJIE IIKART. 268 cardiac dropsy, or both, as lias been ab-eady desci-ibed. Tlie liver, spleen, kidneys, and gastro-intestinal tract are subject to repeated, if not clironic, congestion, with all the train of evils belonging to such a condition. FrjNCTioNAL Diseases of the Heakt. Palpit^ation, iiregular jliythm, pa.in and syncope or faintiiig, are the chief so-called functional diseases of the heart. Littls need be said about fainting and neu- ralgia as functional cardiac diseases, since they are found among the nervous and hysterical — chiefly anso- mic or spoilt and over-petted young w^omen. Among the aged, or those having weak heart due to organic change, syncope has more significance. In any case, the patient lies down or falls, either one of which usu- ally causes reaction, as the heart has less to do with the body in the recumbent position. In those cases of neuralgia of the heart occurring in men of middle life or j)ast, if the pain extend to the left arm and be ac- companied by x)alpitation or irregular rhythm, it usu- ally indicates cardiac arterial sclerosis, as already described. Palpitation. — All authors nearly agree that by pal- pitation of the heart is meant increased force of the heart's action as well as increased frequency. Flint, however, says that sometimes the heart's action may be feeble. Walshe describes three kinds of palpita- tion: (1) simple palxDitation, where the heart's force is increased but the rhythm is regular and there is no increase of frequency; (2) irregularity in force and rhythm, occurring in paroxysms; and (3) increased frequency, with diminution of force. The second vari- 264 PJhlY.SICAL DIAG]>fOSIS. ety is the one usually referred to when speaking of j)alpitation. Of course ]_)rJpitaiion of any kind may l)o coincident with, or due to, organic disease of the heart. But it may occur also in a perfectly normal heart, as proven by the normal size of the organ, which may be verified by the various methods of jphysical examination already described, the normal heart sounds, and the absence of adventitious sounds or murmurs. The causes of func- tional cardiac palpitation and irregular rhythm are so nearly allied that in stating one we state both. Irregular Rhythm. — This usually occurs with irreg- ular force also, and may be only momentary or last for several days or more. There is every conceivable kind of irregular rhythm, the enumeration of which, as a learned author remarks, would allay curiosity rather than prove useful. Sometimes the heart intermits, with, of course, corresponding intermission in the radial pulse. Sometimes the radial pulse intermits when the heart does not. This may occur in two ways. If the heart is beating frequently and feebly, the pulse wave may not reach the wrist every time, though the heart does not intermit. This is termed false intermis- sion. Again, while the left ventricle contracts once, the right ventricle may beat twice, giving two systolic cardiac shocks, with only one radial pulse. This is termed bigemmeny. These terms could be multiplied, but are of no XDractical use. Etiology. — Irregiilar rhythm, including intermission of the heart, may, like palpitation, be associated with, or even due to, organic cardiac disease. More fre- quently, however, they are both functional. There FUNCTIONAL DISEASES OF THE IIEAKT. 265 appears to be no valvular lesion, in sjDite of the state- ment of authors, that is characterized by any particular palpitation or irregular rhythm. Cardiac arterial scle- rosis, fatty metaniori3hosis (Quain's), fibrosis, and aneu- rism of the heart, on the other hand, are jjroductive of pai'oxysms of pal]Ditation and irregular rhythm of every known kind. They, are to be known by the physical and other signs of those diseases already described — never losing sight of the pain in the left arm. The causes of functional palpitation and irregular rhythm may be stated to be very much as Walshe' has said. (1) Centric. — Chorea, epilepsy, hysteria, and cerebral and spinal irritation from any causes, especially cerebral irritation attended by insomnia, as from over study. The boy pianist, Joseph Hoffmann, recently was pre- vented from giving concerts in this city at the instance of the Society for the Prevention of Cruelty to Child- ren, one of the signs of his overwork being, as was testified to by one of his attending physicians, inter- mittent pulse, which jDroved to be due to cerebral as well as spinal irritation from overwork, both mental and bodily. (2) Mejlex, or Eccentric Causes. — They include dys- pepsia in all its forms; intestinal irritation from worms or any other cause; articles of diet, as cofi'ee, tea, and alcohol with many peojDle; genito-urinary irritation, as seen in cases of gonorrhoea, cystitis, uter- ine catarrh, old stricture, ovarian diseases, and such like, including x^iles, fissure of the rectum, rectitis and proctitis. {^) Blood Poisoning and , AncBinia. — Tobacco un- doubtedly plays a very important part in the iDroduc- 266 PHYSICAL DIAGNOSIS, tion of heart diseases, both functional and organic. Except it be cocaine, there is, perhaps, no more perni- cious habit than the tobacco habit, especially, it is said, the smoking of cigarettes. Not all is positively known about the baneful effect of tobacco on the heart yet, but enough is known to make it certain that it causes ]3alpitation, irregular rhythm, and cardiac ar- terial sclerosis with fatal angina pectoris. The mode in which this last condition is brought about from the tobacco habit is not certainly known, but it is so all the same. By tobacco habit is meant not one cigar or cigarette a day, or even two. Different people are dif- ferently affected by it. One or two cigars per day is habit for some, while others may smoke several, besides chewing. The worst cases of poisoning, and the so- called tobacco hearts, occur among tenement-house girls in this city who make cigars or cigarettes, or strip to- bacco, as it is called. Especially in the Avinter does this occur, when they work with the windows closed and are inhaling the dust and fumes of tobacco. Irregular rhythm, x^alpitation, and anaemia are common among those girls. Besides tobacco, there are the poisons of opium, malaria, and also of syphilis, lead, gout, rheumatism, and Bright's disease of the kidneys. (4) Meclianical. — ^We see this in general emphysema, where, owing to obstruction to the pulmonary circula- tion, the heart becomes tired, and not only becomes irregular in rhythm at times, but often intermits so as to take a rest. In pressure from tight lacing, effusions from j)leurisy, in j)neumothorax, ovarian and other tumors, pregnancy, aneurism, and such like causes, the heart may palpitate, or intermit. In treating these THE SPIIYGMOGRAPII, 267 symptoms, therefore, the necessity of first ascertaining tlie cause in each case, with a view to its removal, if Ijossible, is ?cpparent. The Sphygmogkaph. The sphygmograjDh is an instrument used in obtain- ing graphic representations of the ]3ulse. In like man- ner the cardiograph is used with regard to the impulse of the heart. Both instruments require great care in their use, as well as experience. Much time is often consumed in endeavoring to obtain these tracings, and as they are often quite unnecessary in making a diag- nosis such instruments are not likely to be of much value to the average practitioner. A few remarks re- garding the sphygmograph may not, however, be out of place. There are many of these instruments in use, but perhax)s Marey's or Dudgeon's is as good as any. In fact. Dudgeon's is very readily apj^lied, more so, in my experience, than any of the rest. According to Walshe, a pulse trace consists in a series of figures representing the siiccessive cardiac circuits, or revolu- tions. Each figure consists of three j^arts for consideration : (1) the percussion stroke (uxD-stroke, line of ascent), (2) the apex, and (3) the downstroke (line of descent). The percussion, or upward stroke shows the force and character of the x^ulse beat during ventricular systole. The apex is broad, medium or sharply pointed, accord- ing as the pulse is more or less sustained, so that it is broad in hyi^ertrophy, the valves being perfect, but pointed in aortic regurgitation. Just as the point of the tracer falls a little, it rises again, forming what is 268 ' PHYSICAL DIAGNOSIS. termed the tidal wave. The percussion-stroke (up- stroke), the apex, and the tidal wave all belong to the first sound and systole. Now conies the first period of silence, and the point of the tracer immediately drops into the aortic notch at the same time that the second sound is produced. Then follows the second period of rest, corresponding to the remainder of the downward- stroke (line of descent), marked first by the dicrotic wave, secondly, sometimes by a tricotic wave, or if there are many such waves, this part of the line of de- scent becomes polycrotic, or tremulous. Dicrotism, as well as tricotism, or even polycrotism, is due simj)ly to the elastic recoil of the arteries, and need not be due to any abnormal condition, especially dicrotism. With the normal pulse, the iDercussion (up) strokes should be of the same length, so that the base, or respiration line, as it is called, of all the figures should be even and hori- zontal, as well as the apex line. In disease, however, these lines are subject to great irregularity. The sjDliygmographic tracings characteristic of various car- diac diseases are given at the time of describing those diseases, to which the reader is referred. Aortic Axeuris.m. The aorta is divided anatomically into three parts : (1) arch, (2) thoracic aorta, and (3) abdominal aorta. The arch consists of three iDortions, (1) ascending, (2) transverse, and (3) descending portion. (1) The ascend- ing portion of the arch, about tAvo inches long, arises from the u]Dper part of the left ventricle, on a level with the lower border of the left third costal cartilage, and behind the left edge of the sternum, behind and a AORTIC ANEURISM. 269 little below, as well as to the right of the origin of the pulmonary artery (p. 187). It passes obliquely upward and to the right, to the ui^per border of the right second costo-sternal articulation. A needle pushed into the second interspace on the right, close to the right edge of the sternum, would penetrate the most prominent bulge of this portion of the aorta, and hence this space, as stated before, is termed the aortic inter- space. (2) The transverse portion of the arch com- mences at the upper border of the right second costo- sternal articulation, and arches from right to left, and from before backward, in front of the trachea and oesophagus, to the left side of the body of the third dorsal vertebra. (3) The descending portion of the arch extends from the left side of the body of the third dorsal vertebra down to the lower border of the left side of the body of the fourth dorsal vertebra. TTie thoracic aorta commences at the left lower bor- der of the fourth dorsal vertebra, and ends in front of the body of the last (twelfth) dorsal vertebra, at the aortic opening in the diaphragm, where it becomes abdominal. TTie abdominal aorta commences at the aortic open- ing of the diajDhragm, in front of the body of the last (twelfth) dorsal vertebra, and descending a little to the left side of the vertebral column, terminates on the body of the fourth lumbar vertebra, commonly a little to the left of the median line, where it divides into the two common iliac arteries (Gray). Aneurism signifies a dilatation. According to Walshe, it is, in its widest sense, a local increase of calibre of an artery. Aortic aneurism, therefore, is a 270 PHYSICAL DIAGNOSIS. local increase of calibre, or a dilatation of the aorta in some part of its course. If it affect the aorta in any part of its course within the thorax, it is termed tho- racic aneurism, whether it be any ]3ortion of the arch, or thoracic aorta. It is termed abdominal aneurism when it affects the abdominal aorta in any part of its course. Classification. — There are various classifications of aortic aneurism, but the simplest is always the best. There are two classes, (1) dissecting and (2) circum- scribed. (1) Dissecting aortic aneurism usually be- longs to old age, and affects both sexes alike. It is caused by weakening and rupture of the internal and middle coats of the artery from fatty metamorphosis due to senile decay. Inasmuch as aneurism is said to be false when all the coats of the artery are not dilated but some are ruptured or worn through, all dissecting aortic aneurisms are necessarily also false. Dissecting aneurism would also be said to be sacculated, fusiform, and the like, according to the shape assumed. (2) Circumscribed aortic aneurism is usually a man's disease, and occurring generally at middle life or past. Four fifths of the cases of thoracic, and about ninety per cent, of abdominal circumscribed aneurism, occur in men from forty to fifty years of age. This is due to the difference from w^omen in the mode of life and occupation. About five per cent, of the cases occur before thirty, and in all such cases observed by me there has been a clear history of syphilis. Circumscribed aneurism may be false or true, ac- cording as to whether or not some of the coats have sustained solution of continuity from some cause. The AORTIC ANEURISM. " 271 inner and middle coats usually give way in false aneu- rism, so that tlie sac is chiefly formed by the outer coat. But in case of wounds, the outer coat may yield, allowing the middle coat to protrude, giving rise to Avhat is termed hernial false aneurism. If all the coats are ruptured, from wounds or disease, a diffuse or, bet- ter, consecutive aneurism may result. When due to injury they usually occur in the case of smaller vessels than the aorta, since in the latter case the patient would be likely to bleed to death before the aneurism could be formed. Wherever they occur they usually become circumscribed. Other varieties are fusiform, cylindrical, or globular. Generally, however, circum- scribed aneurism is irregular in shape, causing it to be sacculated. And inasmuch as only the outer coat is often left to form the sac in such cases, circumscribed sacculated aneurism is also usually false. In the fusi- form Variety, or where there is slight and regular dila- tation, the aneurism is not infrequently true. Etiology. — Two classes of causes favor the produc- tion of aneurism: (1) increase of blood pressure, and (2) diminution of resisting power in the walls of the ves- sel. (1) Increase of blood pressure is caused by heavy lifting or straining, occupations necessitating long- continued effort, compensating hypertrophy of the left ventricle in aortic regurgitation, and intemperance. The course of the artery must also be taken into con- sideration. The pressure will not be so great at any given point in an artery whose course is straight as it would be when the artery is curved. The sharper the curve is the greater ^^ill be the pressure, and this is always directed against the periphery. This is remark- 272 * PHYSICAL DIAGNOSIS. ably well illustrated in cases of aortic aneurism. Of 880 cases collected by Sibson, 632 affected the arch, while only 71 occurred in the thoracic aorta, which is straight, as will be fully described presently. (2) The walls of the artery are weakened by surgical injuries, or by constitutional disease tending to produce arteri- tis, inherited or acquired. Of these causes, syphilis stands at the head and front. Lead poisoning proba- bly conies next. Then follow gout, rheumatism, and renal disease. Sometimes predisposition to aneurism seems to be inherited, so that it will be handed down from parents to children for several generations. Relative Frequency of Site. — -Of 880 cases collected by Sibson, 87 were situated in the sinuses of Valsalva, 193 in the ascending portion of the arch, 140 in the ascending and transverse portion of the arch, 120 in the transverse portion of the arch, 20 in the transverse and descending portion of the arch, and 72 in the de- scending portion of the arch. That is to say, of 880 cases of aortic aneurism, 632 occurred in the arch alone. Of these, 420 cases occurred in the ascending portion, 140 in the transverse, and 72 in the descending portion of the arch. The thoracic aorta was affected in only 71 cases, and the abdominal aorta in 177. The principal reason for this marked difference in the frequency of aneurism in the parts of the aorta, as just given, is owing to the course which the vessel takes. In the arch, of course, and especially the ascending and transverse portions, the blood pressure is much greater than where the vessel is straight. Not only that, but the arch is nearest to the heart to re- ceive all its force. In the descending 'portion of the AORTIC ANEURISM. 273 arch the number of cases was only 72, and in the tho- racic aorta, only 71, both on account of the straight course of the vessel, and differing only by one case. But when we come to the abdominal aorta the number rises to 177. Here the artery is much more exjDOsed to injury than it is in the thoracic cavity. Moreover, the abdominal aorta is subject to be bent on itself, or • — AORW. ARCU OF/IOFT/f. -632 ^7/fM^c/fAfm^ J/ '77 Tor^j:, ... ,. e8o. Fig. 31.— Schematic Diagram of Relative Frequency of Site of Aortic Aneurism. put on the stretch, or twisted, and, in a word, to be changed in its direction with every movement of which the body is susceptible. In heavy lifting, wrestling, the performances of athletes, and the effort at recover- ing one's position when suddenly thrown off the bal- ance by simple accident, all j)Tit a strain on the ab- dominal aorta, the habitual reception of which not only tends to make that vessel brittle, but often is the immediate cause of abdominal aneurism. Bartholow 18 274 PHYSICAL DIAGl^OSIS. states that lie lias never known a case of abdominal aneurism that could not be directly traced to some act of violence. SyTnptoms. — In thoracic aneurism these may com- mence suddenly, as if something had given way, but much more frequently they come on gradually, with failing health. There is pain, which is usually fixed, but radiating. Pain is one of the first and most fre- quent symptoms of aortic aneurism in any part of the vessel. It may and often does, exacerbate and remit, but it is usually an early and a persistent symptom. It is usually deep seated, extending through from before back. Instead of actual pain it is sometimes described by the patient as a feeling of soreness limited to a small area. Besides pam, there are dyspnoea, with more or less hoarse, stridulous cough, and alteration of voice. The dyspnoea is of two kinds, (1) constant and increasing and also (2) paroxysmal. The constant and increasing dyspnoea of course is due to the grow- ing aneurismal tumor pressing upon and displacing important portions of the organs of respiration. The paroxysmal dyspnoea, however, occurs in three ways: (1) it may be due to spasm of the glottis, owing to irri- tation of the recurrent laryngeal nerves from pressure of the aneurism; (2) paralytic closure of the glottis from paralysis of these nerves from pressure of the aneurismal tumor ; and (3) pressure on the trachea with accumulation of mucus at that point. Paralytic closure of the glottis, due to pressure from the tumor, is neces- sarily a dangerous and often fatal symptom. The greater the effort at inspiration, the more completely are the walls of the ~ larynx sucked together. Dys- AORTIC axeueis:m. 275 phagia from pressure on the rjesoijliagns is not common, but lieadache due to obstruction to the return circuhi- tion of the blood is not infi'equent. Sometimes there is disordered vision, owing to the change jjroduced in the size of one or both pupils from pressure by the aneurismal tumor on the symj)athetic nerves. One or both may be contracted or dilated, according as the sympathetic nerves are irritated or paralyzed. Slight haemoptysis is of ordinary occurrence, the blood being mingled with the sputa. This slight haemoptysis is due to bronchial congestion or pulmonary iiTitation, and is totally different from the rush of blood due to rupture of the sac. The patient gradually loses flesh and often has a careworn, wearied appearance. We see, therefore, that in thoracic aneurism, inward press- ure signs, as they are termed, are always more or less prominent. In abdominal aneurism, on the other hand, with the exception of pain, which is pT'esent here as well as in thoracic aneurism, there are very few symp- toms to be described by the patient. The onset of abdominal aneurism is, however, usually sudden. In- deed, Bartholow states that in all the cases of abdominal aneurism observed by him, the onset was sudden and definite, and traced to some act of violence, as sudden lifting of a heavy weight, ^vrestling, falling, or the like. Physical Signs. — These differ according to the part of the aorta affected, the arch, the thoracic aorta, or the abdominal aorta. We will therefore consider them in their regular order. 276 PHYSICAL DIAGNOSIS. I. The Arch of the Aorta. Inspection. — At first, inspection may be purely nega- tive. But after the anenrismal tumor lias become suffi- ciently increased in size, a local bulging, or pulsating tumor, synchronous in its pulsations with the heart's systole, is usually observed at the right edge of the sternum in the second interspace, when the ascending l^ortion of the arch is affected. This is by far the most common site for aneurism of the arch, since the ascend- ing portion is most frequently affected. The tumor gradually increases downward to the right, pushing the apex of the heart downward and to the left. If the transverse portion of the arch is affected, the tumor may push forward the top of the sternum. Or it may appear on the left of the sternum, or at the base of the neck, according to the portion of the arch affected, and other circumstances. Pulsation may sometimes be noticed even in the interscapular region of the left side, if the descending portion of the arch be affected. The aneurismal tumor does not always pulsate. This occurs when the sac is tilled to a great extent with fibrin, through which a small stream of blood flows, and especially if the descending portion of the arch be affected and the heart is weak. If the aneurism press on the superior vena cava, there wUl be enlargement of the veins on both sides of the neck, with more or less lividity of the face. But if the tumor press on one innominate vein only, enlargement of the veins and lividity of the face will be observed on the correspond- ing side only. The patient is not infrequently observed to have lost somewhat in flesh. THE ARCH OF THE AORTA. 277 Palpation. — Two centres of })uLsaLion, synchronous with systole, are usually felt, one due to the impulse of the heart, the other to the aneurism. The pulsation caused by the aneurism is usually accompanied by thrill, unless the sac is greatly filled w ith fibrin. In Fig. 32. — Aneurism of Ascending Portion of Arch in a German woman, aet. 48. Death from Rupture into Pericardial Sac. that case, thrill may be, and usually is, entirely absent. Indeed, in these cases, also, the systolic imj)ulse of the tumor may be so feeble that it can scarcely be observed. In aneurism of the transverse portion of the arch the pulse is weaker at the left wrist, and on the left side of 278 PHYSICAL DIAGlSrOSIS. tlie head and neck, tlian the right. This was beauti- fully illustrated in a patient recently examined at my request by Drs. Edward G. Janeway, Francis Delafield, Alfred L. Loomis, and John A. Wyeth, of this city. The patient was sent to Mt. Sinai Hospital, where Dr. Wyeth ligated the left common carotid and left sub- clavian arteries with every prospect of success, but the patient unfortunately died of pneumonia and sjqDhilitic pulmonary deposits. Post-mortem examination showed the absolute accuracy of the diagnosis of aneurism of the transverse portion of the arch extending to the junc- tion of the descending portion. There was no dysphagia, but the aneurismal sac, tilled mth fibrin, was adherent to the trachea for about an inch and a half, causing most distressing dyspnoea. In these cases, as also haj)- pens sometimes in aneurism of the descending portion of the arch, the pulsation of the aneurism may be felt in the suxDrasternal notch by pressing the finger well do^vn into it with the x>atient's head bent forward. The vocal fremitus over the tumor is usually dimin- ished or absent, according to the size of the aneurism and displacement of lung tissue. Pressure on a large bronchial tube also maj^ so obstruct the convection of the voice sound that the vocal fremitus may be entirely absent over the corresponding area. Percussion. — This should be gently performed over the tumor, otherwise it causes great suifering to the patient, to say nothing of the danger of rupture of the aneurismal sac. For this reason auscultatory percus- sion is the l:)est method, since it is performed very gent- ly. Dullness is elicited over and immediately around the tumor, and the dullness aa^II be marked in propor- THE AKCH OF THE AORTA. 279 tion to the size and locality of the tumor. If it he small and deep seated, the quality of the iDercussion note may be very little changed. On the other hand, if the tumor be large and superficial the quality may be nearly or quite flat. It is of great importance to observe whether the dullness extends continuously out toward the acromial angle, over pulmonary tissue, or across the median line. The latter sign Avould be a sure indication of the presence of a tumor of some sort in the mediastinum. If the descending or transverse portions of the arch be affected, but especially the de- scending, dullness on percussion may be obtained in the interscapular region of the left side. Auscultation.— The aneurismal sounds usually pres- ent are most audible directly over the tumor. The aneurismal systolic shock is usually accompanied by a bruit, or murmur, which is louder than the heart sounds and usually lower in j)itch, especially when blowing in quality. The bruit or murmur may, however, be rasp- ing or filing in quality, and then the pitch may be high. Sometimes it is roaring or whistling. Besides the systolic bruit, there may be also a dias- tolic murmur, which is usually softer than the first, and causing with it the to-and-fi'o sound. The aneurismal bruit is usually heard in front, but it is sometimes even heard posteriorly, in the interscapular space of the left side, if the descending portion of the arch be affected. There is diminution or absence of the respiratory mur- mur over the tumor, and pressure on a bronchial tube may jproduce atelectasis for a corresponding area of pulmonary tissue (see p. 60). Owing to the presence usually of secondary localized bronchitis and a little 280 PHYSICAL DIAGNOSIS. solidified lung tissue from pressure or local inflamma- tion near the tumor, rales, broncliial breathing, bron- chophony, and increased vocal fremitus over a corre- sponding small area, may be obtained. Diagnosis. — To dilferentiate between aneurism of the three portions of the arch we must bear in mind, first, that the ascending jDortion is by far more fre- quently afl'ected than the others, the transverse i3ortion being next in order, and, lastly, the descending portion. When the ascending portion of the arch is the seat of the aneurism, the tumor, as already stated, usually ap- pears in the second interspace at the right edge of the sternum, and gradually increases downward to the right, pushing the apex of the heart downward and to the left. Occurring in the transverse portion, it pushes the manubrium forward or appears at the left of the sternum. Aneurism of the transverse portion of the arch causes a weaker pulse at the left wrist and on the left side of the head and neck than on the right, with pulsation in the suprasternal notch, and sometimes dullness on percussion, even in the interscapular region of the left side. Pressure on the trachea and oesophagus is more marked in these cases also. In ciigo of aneurism of the descending portion of the arch of the aorta, there are pain in the interscapular region of the left side, dull- ness on percussion; and sometimes a pulsation is ob- served there, with a bruit on auscultation. Pulsation may also be sometimes felt in the suprasternal notch from aneurism of the descending portion of the arch, but not so distinctly as when the transverse portion is affected. THE AKCH OF THE AORTA. 281 Arteria Innominata. — Aneurism of this vessel pul- sates behind, or above, the inner part of the clavicle, causes Aveaker pulse on the right side than the left, and is rarely attended with dysphagia or tracheal pressure, but more frequently ^vith pain or paralytic symptoms in the right arm. Pulsation of this aneur- ism diminishes or ceases from compression beyond the tumor. Consolidation of pulmonary tissue from phthisis or sj^Dhilis, would give rise to dullness, which, however, would extend outward to the acromial angle, but not across the median line. There would also be wanting the inward pressure signs of aneurism. In the case of suspected pulmonary syphiloma, the failure of proper antisyphilitic treatment would rather favor the pres- ence of aneurism. Cancer of lungs may be associated with cancer of the mediastinal glands, which, becoming enlarged, would give rise to dullness that extended across the median line. But infiltrated cancer causes retraction of the chest walls instead of bulging, and there are no inward pressure signs. The cancerous cachexia and appear- ance of cancer elsewhere would establish the diagnosis. Mediastinal tumors are the most difficult to differ- entiate. But unless associated Avith infiltrated cancer of the lungs or elsewhere, they usually occur in women under t\venty-fi\-e, which aneurism rarely, if it ever does. Such tumors are usually also associated with currant-Jelly (cancerous) expectoration, distention of the superficial veins on the chest, sometimes oedema of the chest and arm, and they may also exist elsewhere. Coai'ctation and stricture of the aorta A\'ill o-ive rise 282 PHYSICAL DIAGNOSIS. to a systolic murmur, but they cause no bulging to be observed on inspection, no dullness on percussion, and no pressure signs. They usually result from syphilis, and coarctation is sometimes a congenital malforma- tion. Pulsating empyema is easily distinguished by the equality of the radial pulse, the absence of , murmurs and thrill, as well as of tracheal, oesophageal, and laryngeal symptoms. It might occur to the practitioner to explore with a fine needle in order to set the ques- tion at rest, but this should not be done unless abso- lutely necessary, which is rarely the case, since emboli might be detached which would prove to be trouble- some, if not fatal. Pericardial effusion gives rise to prominence of the prgecordial region, with more or less dyspnoea some- times, and marked dullness on percussion; but the area of dullness is somewhat triangular, with the base down, aneurism, perhaps, never. Subperiosteal abscess of the sternum may cause some prominence of the sternum, with dullness on percus- sion, but the inward pressure signs and all other signs of aneurism are wanting. Cardiac hypertrophy causes only one centre of mo- tion ; when aneurism is present there are usually two. The aneurism may be situated, however, very close to the heart, and associated with aortic regurgitation and enlargement of the left ventricle. The absence of pressure signs and the presence of dropsy both favor cardiac disease. In aortic regurgitation, also, the pulse characteristic of that disease, and felt equally at both wrists, would he against aneurism. THOEACIC AORTA. 283 II. Thoracic Aorta. Aneurism of the thoracic aorta is not so easily recog- nized as when it occurs in the ascending and transverse portions of the arch. From a number of cases reported by Deputy-coroner Jenkins, of this city, and referred to by Dr. H. M. Biggs in a very interesting paper on this subject, read before the Section in Practice, New York Academy of Medicine, in February, 1888, it ap- pears that not infrequently the cause of sudden death was due to rupture of unsuspected aneurism of the thoracic aorta. Owing to the position of the vessel, the physical signs are referable to the left side of the spinal column rather than the right, though an excep- tion to this rule is rarely met with. Pain in this case, as elsewhere, is one of the symptoms, and usually con- sists of a gnawing sensation felt in the dorsal vertebrae. These may become eroded in time, and give rise to curvature of the spine. Bulging in a few cases may be noticed posteriorly, but dullness on percussion, over a circumscribed area, corresx)onding to the aneurism, is much more frequent. On auscultation a bruit may be heard, but is often absent. Owing to want of physical signs the aneurism often escapes detection, as already stated. Laryngeal symptoms are, of course, usually wanting, but there may be dysphagia from pressure on the oesophagus. The disease may be mistaken for pleurisy with effusion in some instances, so that the exploring needle alone could enable one to distinguish between them. 284 PHYSICAL DIAGNOSIS. III. Abdominal Aorta. The symptoms in this case have reference to pressure on abdominal organs. Pain, as in aneurism elsewhere, is one of the first symptoms. It may be local, or it may extend along the branches of the lumbar plexus. Jaundice from pressure on the bile duct is not common, but sometimes occurs. Changes in the urine from pressure on the renal vessels is even more rare. But nausea and vomiting are not infrequent, due to press- ure against the stomach. Inspection. — This is usually negative in its results, but in case of an emaciated patient, pulsation of the tumor-Hiay be visible in the recumbent dorsal position. Palpation. — A pulsating tumor is usually felt some- what to the left of the median line. The pulsation is sjTichronous ^Adth the cardiac systole, and is described as expansile in character — that is, it expands in all directions under the gi*asp of the hand. Thrill may also be present. Some authors describe this pulsation as post systolic, or coming just after the systole of the heart. Others regard it as purely systolic. Percussion. — If the tumor is of considerable size there is dullness on jDercussion. But this is the least constant physical sign, owing to the presence of gas in the neighboring ^dscera. Auscultation. — A systolic bruit may or may not be present here as elsewhere. If the tumor be well filled with fibrin there T^dll be no bruit. Diastolic bruit is rare, but when present is thought to be diagnostic of the presence of aneurism. Pulsation of the abdominal aorta may be mistaken ABDOMINAL AOKTA. 285 for abdominal aneurism. But in the former case the X)ulsation Avill be along the course of the vessel, giving, under palpation, the sense of a pulsating cord rather than an expansile tumor. The fact tliat such pulsa- tions of the aorta usually occur in young and nervous Avomen with thin abdominal walls, rather than in middle-aged men, also is against aneurism. Pulsating tumors may also simulate aneurism and be even accompanied by a bruit. But by placing the patient in the knee -chest position the pulsation at once ceases if it be not aneurism, since the tumor simply gravitates away from the aorta and no longer has its 2)ulsations imparted to it. In case of a young hysteri cal woman, recently examined by me at the Polyclinic, there was a distinct pulsating tumor felt over the al)- dominal aorta. The pulsation immediately ceased in the knee-chest jDosition, and as she gave the history of constipation, I concluded that it was a case of impacted faeces. A dose of castor oil confirmed the diagnosis, ]:)y causing a large evacuation of the l)owels and disap- pearance of the tumor. In this case I may add that the tumor had a distinctly boggy feeling, and w^as not expansile, but simply thumping under palpation. THE END, Il^DEX. Abdominal aorta, 284. respiration, 9. Abscess of the lungs, 93. Accentuation of heart sounds, 211. Acute miliary tuberculosis, 111. Adventitious sounds, 37. Adhesions, pleuritic, 146. iEgophony, 131, 145, 179. Amphoric (jug, metallic) breathing, 130, 176. echo, 180. resonance, 128. tinkle, 132, 158, 165. voice, 180. Anaemic murmurs, 228, 287. Aneurism of aorta, 268. of the heart, 362. Angina pectoris, 257. Anterior region, 2. Anthrakosis pulmonum, 87. Aorta, 187. Aortic interspace, 190. murmurs, 222. obstruction, 223. and regurgitation, 235. regurgitation, 232. valves, 188. Apex murmurs, 197. Apices affected by tubercle, 117. Apneumatosis, 59. Apoplexy, pulmonary, 103 Arch of aorta, 276. Aspiration, 151. time for, 141. Aspirator, Potain's, 150. Areas of cardiac dullness, 185. Asthma, 42. Atelectasis, 59. Atrophous emphysema, 49. Atrophy of the heart, 252. Auenbrugger, 16. Auscultation, 25. Auscultatory percussion. 33. Autophonia, 34. Axillary line, 8. region, 7. Bacillus, Koch's tubercle, 114, 121. Barry, 71. Basedow's disease, 253. Bell-metal resonance, 128. Bigemenny, 264. Blood-currents, 186. Bronchi, division of primitive, 14. Bronchial breathing, 79, 123, 175. hemorrhage, 105. respiratory murmur, nor- mal, 28. rales, 37, 162. Bronchitis, 35. Bronchiloquy, 80, 131, 178, 181. Bronchophony, 80, 124, 145. Broncho-cavernous breathing, 130. Broncho-pneumonia, 84 Bruit de diable, 230. 288 INDEX. CAIyORMETATION, 8. Camman, 25. Cancer of the lungs, 94 Cai)illary bronchitis, 39. Cardiac aneurism, 262. dropsy, 253. dullness, 185. murmurs, 195. thrill, 202. Cardio-respiratory murmurs, 209, 228. Catarrhal phthisis, 111. pneuuionia, 84. Cavernous breathing, 129, 145, 176. Caverno-bronchial breathing, 130. Cavernous voice, 179. Cavities, 125, 127. Chronic pneumonia, 87, Circulation, 186. Clavicular resonance, 22. Cog- wheeled respiration, 27. Cohnheim, 100. Compensatory emphysema, 48. Congestion of the lungs, 63. Congress at Paris, report on, 112. Consumption of the lungs, 110. Cracked-pot resonance, 127. Crepitant rales, 76, 163. Croupous pneumonia, 70. Cyanosis, 237. Dilatation of the heart, 195, 249. Divided respiratory murmur, 173. Dry pleurisy, 137. rales, 159. Duration of sound, 20. Dynamic murmurs, 207, 227. Dyspnoea in emphysema, 51. ECHINOCOCCI, 109. Effusion, aspiration for, 150. Eichhorst, 60. Elements of sound, 18. EmboHsm, 101. Emphysema, 47. Empyema, 153. Endocardial murmurs, 196. Endocarditis, 193, 240. Exophthalmic goitre, 253. Fatty heart, 250. Fibrosis of the heart, 262. Fibroid phthisis, 87, 111. First sound of the heart, 190. Flatness, 129. Fox, Dr. Wilson, 71. Fremitus, 11. Freund, 50. Friction fremitus, 12. Frictio redux, 141. Friction sounds, 140, 169. Functional cardiac diseases, 263. Gangreiste of the lungs, 93. Gravity of valvular lesions, 233. Graves' disease, 253. Grisolle, 71. Gurgles, 132, 165. HaiMiC murmurs, 237. Hsemopericarditis, 244. Haemoptysis, 104. Hsemothorax, 154. Hay fever, 42. Heart, 183. diseases, sudden death from, 260. displaced in phthisis, 125. in emphysema, 53. Hemorrhage from the lungs, 106. Hemorrhagic consumption, 111 infarction, 100. Hydatids of the lungs, 109. Hydro-pericardium, 244. INDEX. 289 ITydro-pericarditis, 244. Hydi-otliorax, loo. llydro-piieuiiio (pyo-) thorax, 157. Hypertrophy of the heart, lOo, 245. Hypertrox^hous emphysema, 49. Hypochondriac region, 4. Hypostatic congestion, 64. pneumonia, 72. I:s'DETERMiXATE rales, 133,168. Infarction, 100. Infantile pneumonia, 84. Infra-axillary region, 7. clavicular region, 5. mammary region, 4. scapular region, 6. Inspection, 8. Intermittent pulse, 204. Inter-scapular region, 5. Intra-arterial murmurs, 226. plural rales, 39, 133, 140, 166. ventricular murmurs, 206, 226. Irregular rhythm (heart), 264. pulsation, 219. Koch's tubercle bacillus, 112. as an aid to early diagno- sis, 114, 121. Laennec, 25. Laryngeal breathing, 28. phthisis, 111. Lateral regions of the chest, 7. Lobar pneumonia, 69. Lobular pneumonia, 84. Loomis, 71, 278. Mammary region, 4. Mammillary line, 8. Marasmic atelectasis, 60. Mensuration, 32. Metallic tinkle, 132, 158, 165. Mitral ol)struction, 209. regurgitation, 198. and obstruction, 217. regurgitant pulse, 200. Moist rales, 161. Mucous rales, 38, 162. Muco-crepitant rales, 103. Mucous click, 164. Murmurs of the heart, 195. Musical heart murmurs, 203. Myocarditis, 244. Myoidema, 118. Normal respiratory murmur, 26, 170, 172. vesiculo-bronchial breath- ing, 28. A^esicular resonance, 18. vocal resonance, 13. (Edema of the lungs, 66. Operation for aspiration, 151. Outline of the heart, 184. Palpatio^^ 10. Palpatory percussion, 17. Palpitation of the heart, 263. Paracentesis thoracis, 33. Parasternal line, 8. Pectoriloquy, 130, 180. Pectorophony, 29, 177. Percussion, 16. Pericardial sounds, 241. Pericarditis, 241. Physical diagnosis, 1. signs, 1. Phthisis pulmonalis, 110. Phonometry, 34. Piorry, 17. Pitch of sound, 18. Pleurisy a cause or result of phthisis ? 115. classification of, 136. Pleurse, boundaries of, 136. function of, 136. Pleurisy, article on, 135. 290 INDEX. Pleurisy, with effusion, 138. dry, 137. acute, subacute, chronic, 138, 141. Pleximeter, 17. Pneumonia, 69. lobular, 84. inter-lobular, 87. Pneumo-hydrothorax, 156. Pneumothorax, 154. Pneumonokoniosis, 88. Posterior regions of the chest, 5. Pulmonary apoplexy, 103. collapse, 59. consumption, 110. congestion, 63. hemorrhage, 106. interspace, 190. (artery) murmurs, 336. oedema, 66. obstruction, 336. regurgitation, 339. Pulse, intermittent, 364. Purring thrill, 303. Puncture in pleurisy, 151. Pyo-pneumothorax, 157. Quain's fatty heart, 350. Quality of sound, 18. Rales (rhonchi), 37, 160. Rale redux, 81. Reduplication of heart sounds, 311. Regions of the chest, 3. Regional percussion, 31. Respiratory percussion, 30, 149. nmrmur, normal, 37. changes in, 170, 176. Rhonchal fremitus, 13. Rhythm of the heart, 193. irregular, 364. Rude respiration, 130, 175. Scapular line, 8. region, 5. Scrofula, relations to tubercle, 116. Sibilant rales, 37, 160. Siderosis pulmonum, 87. Skodaic resonance, 78, 144. Sonorous rales, 37, 160. Sounds of the heart, 190, 193. Splashing sounds, 169. Sphygmograph, 367. Sputa, 8. Steam-tug heart murmurs, 334. Sternal line, 3, 8. Stethoscopes, 34, 35. Stokes, 119. Stridor, 160. Stridulous breathing, 160. Sub-axillary region, 8. Sub-clavicular region, 3. Sub-crepitant rales, 38, 163. Sub-scapular region, 5. Sub-mucous rales, 38, 163. Sub-mammary region, 4. Succussion, 33, 157, 169. Sudden death from heart dis- ease, 360. Summary of signs in health, 30. Superficial veins, 135. Superior costal respiration, 9. sternal region, 5. Supra-clavicular region, 3. Supra-scapular region, 5. Supra-sternal region, 5. Tait, Dr. Lawson, 119. Thermometry, 8. Thickened pleura, 146. Thoracentesis, 33. Thoracic aneurism, 383. Thrill, purring, 303. Thrombosis, 101. Tinkle, metallic (amphoric), 133, 158, 165. Tobacco heart, 358, 359, 366. Tracheal rales, 163. Trachiloquy, 183. Tricuspid obstruction, 331. INDEX. 291 Tricuspid regurgitation, 232. Tubercle bacillus, 114, 121. Tubercular consumption, 111. Tussile fremitus, 12. Tympanitic resonance, 128. Valves of the heart, 188. Valvular lesions, 192. Venous hum, 230. Vertebral line, 8. Vesicular rale, 164. respiratory murmur, 27. Vesiculo-bronchial breathing, 28. Vesicular emphysema, 48. resonance, 18. Vicarious emphysema, 48. Vocal fremitus, 11. resonance, 29. Wavy respiratory murmur, 27, 174. Webster, Dr. David, 262. Wintrich, 17. Wyeth, Dr. John A., 278. Zenker, 87. M COLUMBIA UNIVERSITY LIBRARIES p ^ This book is due on the date indicated below, or at the ^?Ng^"^^.« ^ expiration of a definite period after the date of borrowing, t^^^^^l^' '"r as provided by the rules of the Library or by special ar- ry